Home

Apple 12/640PS Printer User Manual

1. What to do after connecting to a LocalTalk network m If you wish to connect the printer to other networks or to connect the printer directly to an IBM PC or compatible computer see the appropriate sections later in this chapter a If youre finished connecting the printer skip to Adjusting Communication Settings later in this chapter See Chapter 2 for more information about setting up the printer on a LocalTalk network or Appendix B for information about setting up the printer on a NetWare network running ATPS Connecting directly to a single Mac OS computer Use this method to connect a single Mac OS computer to the printer However since that single computer takes up the printer s LocalTalk port you cannot also connect the printer to a LocalTalk network 1 Obtain a System Peripheral 8 cable 2 Plug one end of the cable into the computer s printer E port 3 Plug the other end of the cable into the printer s LocalTalk J port Printer port Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 19 What to do after connecting to a single Mac OS computer a If you wish to connect the printer to other networks or to connect the printer directly to a Windows or DOS computer see the appropriate sections later in this chapter a If youre finished connecting the printer skip to Adjusting Communication Settings later in this chapter See Chapter 2 for more in
2. Fixing Paper and Image Problems 291 2 Open the top cover of the printer and remove the toner cartridge If the jam is around the pressure roller area remove the paper as shown here If you cannot remove the paper pull the paper from within the printer first pulling into the printer then out toward you to free it 3 Remove the paper cassette to see whether the jam is in the paper cassette area If so gently release or pull out the jammed paper Check that all paper edges are under the bracket at the front of the cassette Paper edges over the bracket are also considered paper jams 292 Chapter 12 Check the multipurpose tray if you are using it to see whether paper has jammed there If so gently pull the paper out Once you have removed the jammed paper reinsert the toner cartridge close the top cover and slide the paper cassette back into the printer Note You must open and close the top cover to reset the printer Fixing Paper and Image Problems eoevce 293 Checking the optional 500 sheet cassette and feeder a Remove the paper cassette to see whether the jam is in the paper cassette area If so gently release or pull out the jammed paper Check that all paper edges are under the bracket at the front of the cassette Papers edges over the bracket are also considered paper jams If you have removed the jammed paper open and close the top cover to reset the printer 294 Chapter 12
3. a Verify that the rarpd daemon is running on the server On many UNIX systems you can verify this by typing ps e or ps ax at the UNIX prompt on the server If the daemon isn t running type usr etc rarpd a to start the daemon a Make sure that the server running RARP is on the same subnet as the printer a Check the etc ethers file to verify that it contains the correct Ethernet address and hostname a Check the etc hosts file to verify that it contains a valid IP address and the same hostname as in the etc ethers file a Turn the printer off and then back on Fixing Other Problems 311 312 Chapter 13 The BOOTP server is not responding If you chose to use a BOOTP server to assign the printer s IP address while setting up the printer but the server is not responding follow these steps in order Make sure that the server running BOOTP is on the same subnet as the printer or that BOOTP is properly configured to run on multiple subnets Check the etc bootptab file to verify a thatthe ip entry is a valid IP address and that it matches the address in the etc hosts file a the ha entry is the correct Ethernet address found on the printer s startup page with no colons separating the bytes a the ht entry is either ether or ethernet Turn the printer on and off and immediately verify that the bootpd is running On many UNIX systems you can accomplish this by typing ps e or ps ax at the UNIX prompt o
4. 1 2 To define a single paper source click All pages from Then choose a paper source from the pop up menu To use your settings as the default settings click Save Settings To see dialog boxes that let you select more options choose a setting from the Settings pop up menu To define multiple paper sources click First page from Then choose one paper source from each of the pop up menus Choose Print from the File menu The Print dialog box appears Select the options you want Printer LaserWriter 12 640 PS vj 6enera v Copies m Pages All Orom J All pages from Auto Select First page from v _futoselect_ vd Destination Paper Source Printer LaserWriter 12 640 PS vj eener o y Copies m Pages All From wf Destination Paper Source All pages from Auto Select v First page from v Auto select_ y Save Settings To print the document on paper select Printer To save it as a PostScript or EPS file choose File To print a transparency or sheet of paper that you feed by hand select Manual Feed as the paper source IMPORTANT The names that appear in the paper source menus vary according to the paper sources of your printer and paper sizes you choose in the Page Setup dialog box 176 Chapter 6 a To have the printer automatically select the pap
5. 346 Appendix D AAUI Ethernet port with three protocols EtherTalk Novell NetWare IPX PSERVER or RPRINTER TCP IP BSD 1pd External Ethernet transceivers available for Thin Coax IOBASE 2 Twisted Pair IOBASE T Thick Coax IOBASE 5 Two position communication switch All ports protocols simultaneously active 600 dpi resolution 600 dpi FinePrint edge enhancement for text and line art Enhanced 600 dpi grayscale imaging Standard 85 lines inch dithered halftone 101 gray levels 106 lines inch dithered halftone 129 gray levels 141 lines inch dithered halftone 73 gray levels PhotoGrade with 12 MB of RAM 85 lines inch halftone 201 gray levels 106 lines inch halftone 257 gray levels 141 lines inch halftone 145 gray levels PostScript Level 2 2015 PCL5 LaserJet HID emulation Automatic emulation switching Printer fonts Sixty four fonts are provided with the LaserWriter 12 640 PS including such fonts as ITC Avant Garde ITC Bookman Chicago Courier Delphian Garamond Condensed Geneva Helvetica Helvetica Black Helvetica Compressed Helvetica Narrow Lubalin Graph Lucida Bright Machine Monaco Nadianne New Century Schoolbook New York Old English Text Onyx Oxford Palatino Swing Symbol Times ITC Zapf Chancery ITC Zapf Dingbats and Zeal The following fonts are resident in the printer ROM AvantGarde Book AvantGarde BookOblique AvantGarde Demi AvantGarde DemiOblique Bookman Demi B
6. IMPORTANT PostScript fonts cannot be placed in suitcases they appear as individual files loose inside the Fonts folder Other than the limit imposed by your system s memory RAM there s no limit on the number of PostScript fonts you can have Using Fonts With the Printer 339 eoevce Styled fonts Most fonts that come with your LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer have defined styles For example if you open the Bookman font contained in a suitcase in the Fonts folder which is inside your System Folder you see files for bold and italic versions of the font ETE Booka SSS GE 714 items 58 4 MB in disk 16 6 MB available ai A 4 Bookman Bookman bold Al Al Bookman Citalic Bookman bold italic But fonts such as Chicago Geneva Monaco and New York do not come with defined styles If you open the Chicago font suitcase you see only one file Em Chicago Chi item S84 MBindisk 16 6 fi A Chicago You can apply a style to a font like this by making a choice from the appropriate menu Fonts Style Format or some similar menu depending on the application program A font predesigned with a given style nearly always looks better than a font with a computer generated derived style About style names Predesigned styled fonts sometimes have names you may not be familiar with For example roman refers
7. Select the page setup options you want Setting printer driver options You can change the PostScript Printer Driver default options For example you can change the preset paper orientation to Portrait or Landscape You set printer options in the printer driver Setup dialog box which you can open in three ways as explained in the sections that follow m from the Control Panel from your application a from the Print Manager Note When changing options to print a specific document it s preferable to change the options from within the application Settings you change from within an application will affect that document only and not all documents printed afterward Settings you change in an applications Print dialog box override print options you set in the Setup dialog box Opening the printer Setup dialog box from the Control Panel From the Program Manager double click the Control Panel icon to display the Control Panel Double click the Printers icon to display the Printers dialog box Select the printer you want to set up from the Installed Printers list Choose Setup to display the Setup dialog box for the printer You can also use the Printers dialog box to select a default printer to switch the Print Manager on and off and to connect your printer to a different port Windows 3 1 and DOS Users 207 eoevece 208 Chapter 7 Opening the printer Setup dialog box from your application Most applications have a Pri
8. 32 MB 0 MB 32 MB 36 MB 4MB 32 MB 40 MB 8 MB 32 MB 48 MB 16 MB 32 MB 48 MB 32 MB 16 MB 64 MB 32 MB 32 MB Installing Options eoevce IMPORTANT Other possible configurations may produce diagnostic errors when the printer starts up or may produce unexpected results If you want to You need this much printer memory Turn on PhotoGrade or use the 12 MB duplex printing option Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 20 MB print on all size paper except legal Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 24 MB print on all size paper including legal Removing the printer s side cover WARNING Make sure the printer is turned off 1 If necessary turn the printer so that the left side is accessible 2 Locate the two Phillips screws on the back of the printer 3 Unscrew and remove the screws Put them in a safe place Remove both of the Phillips screws 4 Open the top cover of the printer Chapter 5 Remove the paper cassette Grasp the top and front parts of the side cover and pry gently to free the tabs from their receiving slots Lift the edges of the side cover up and out then pull the cover off Pull the side cover off Putting on the grounding strap IMPORTANT Be sure to put on the grounding wrist strap before handling the SIMM or any internal printer parts The strap grounds you to the printer preventing any static discharge that might harm the SIMM or printer Wearing the strap cannot harm you Follow these ste
9. Don t Send if you don t want any fonts sent Windows 95 Users 247 248 Chapter 8 m Threshold Lets you specify the size of the font at which the PostScript driver should switch from sending TrueType fonts as Type 1 to sending them as Type 3 bitmap fonts Favor system TrueType fonts When checked tells the driver to use the system TrueType font instead of the printer font when the same font is found on both the printer and the computer Send PostScript Fonts As Lets you specify how to send PostScript fonts to the printer Select Native Format to send PostScript fonts before your document Select Don t Send to send no PostScript fonts to the printer General Click the General tab to display the General tab dialog box which lets you insert comments about the printer and specify whether to use a separator page between print jobs The General tab is available only when you open the printer Properties dialog box from the Printer folder Apple LaserWriter 12 640 PS Properties 21 x Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks General Details Sharing Paper Graphics E7 Apple 12 540 PS Comment Installed by Adobe installe Separator page none x Browse Print Test Page Cancel Apply m Comment Displays any general description about the printer Text in the Comment option is displayed to users when they select a network printer Separator page Tells the printer to pl
10. Enter the name of the print server NLM in the Remote Printer Name field Enter the same printer number used by PCONSOLE for this printer Click Send The printer is ready to function as a remote printer on the NetWare network What to do next If you want to assign a password on the server go to Step 3 Assigning a Password for the Print Server Optional Otherwise skip to Step 4 Setting Up the PostScript Printer Driver for NetWare Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 91 eoevce 92 Chapter 3 Step 3 Assigning a password for the print server optional You can use PCONSOLE to assign a password for printing privileges However if you assign a password in PCONSOLE you must also use the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows to specify the same password as described in Completing the PSERVER Configuration with the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows earlier in this chapter The password specified in PCONSOLE tells the file server what to expect the password specified with the Apple LaserWriter Utility tells the printer what to send Select Print Servers from the Available Options menu in PCONSOLE and press Enter The list of print servers appears Select the name of the print server for which you want to assign a password and press Enter The Print Server Information menu appears Printers Information and Status Users Operators Serviced Netware Servers Descriptio
11. Installing the printer software for Windows 95 Chapter 8 Installing from the CD ROM disc Start Windows 95 Before installing the software make sure the Control Panel and Printers folder are closed Insert the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Software Installation CD ROM disc into the CD ROM drive Open the WINDOWS directory Open the directory on the CD called WIN95 DISK1 Double click the setup exe file After a few moments a message appears warning you to close all other applications before continuing with this installation Click Next if you have no other open applications If you have open applications click Cancel to stop this installation Close all other applications and start the installation process again A message appears that lets you view the README WRI file for late breaking news 10 11 12 13 14 Click Yes to view the README WRI file When you have finished reading the README WRI file choose Exit from the File menu in the WordPad application A Welcome dialog box is displayed that allows you to select Express Installation Custom Installation or Printer Driver Only Express Installation installs all the software you need It creates the Apple LaserWriter Software program group and installs within it the PostScript printer driver a ReadMe file and the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows which you use to name the printer and perform various printer administrative functions Custom Installatio
12. 21 x General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks PostScript output format PostScript optimize for speed r PostScript header Download header with each print job C Assume header is downloaded and retained Send Header Now IV Print PostScript error information r PostScript timeout values Job timeout fo 3 seconds Wait timeout 1240 seconds Advanced Help Restore Defaults Cancel m Output format Tells the driver to build PostScript document descriptions that print as fast as possible when Optimize for Speed is selected Such document descriptions might not print successfully on printers with limited memory Select Optimize for Portability to tell the driver to build PostScript document descriptions that print successfully on many different printers Select Encapsulated PostScript to tell the driver to build an encapsulated PostScript document description rather than a PostScript description Select Archive format to suppress many of the printer settings that might prevent the file from printing Choose this option only if the file might be printed on unknown devices The following options appear only when you open the Properties dialog box from the Printer folder m Assume header is downloaded and retained When checked tells the driver to send the document to the printer without the PostScript header T
13. 299 styled fonts Mac OS 340 subnet mask setting TCP IP 130 132 substitute fonts Mac OS 342 343 substituting fonts Mac OS 175 Windows 95 247 suitcases for fonts Mac OS 338 339 Sun OS version 4 1 configuring TCP IP setup 114 117 Sun Solaris configuring TCP IP setup 113 114 switching between printers Mac OS 188 189 System Folder Mac OS Fonts folder in 337 System Peripheral 8 cable 19 system requirements for Mac OS users 165 for Windows 3 1 users 198 for Windows 95 users 225 tagged binary communications protocol sending data in Windows 95 244 Task Bar Windows 95 configuring the printer from 162 opening the Properties dialog box from 235 TCP IP configuring Mac OS 53 54 Windows 101 102 connecting to an Ethernet network running 20 initial setup for 108 112 TCP IP interface resetting 132 setting or turning off Mac OS 56 Windows 100 TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility for UNIX 128 132 password for 128 131 printing the configuration page with 129 purpose of 128 quick reference for administrators 318 quitting 129 resetting the printer s TCP IP interface with 132 restoring settings to their factory defaults with 132 setting the default gateway address with 131 setting the subnet mask with 130 132 turning the banner page feature on or off with 129 viewing or changing the printer s IP address with 130 technical information accessories 356 communication settings 355
14. Installing all the printer software requires approximately 35 MB of free space on your hard disk Before you begin Set up the printer as described in Chapter 1 remembering to unpack and prepare the printer connect the printer to your NetWare network using Ethernet cables or through a direct parallel connection to a PC plug in and turn on the printer Keep the startup page that automatically prints out It provides the default printer name you need for setup Setting up for DOS based printing Chapter 3 If you will be printing from DOS applications only you do not need to install any of the software that came with the printer However to print from a DOS application you must first install the DOS PostScript driver if one exists for your DOS application The DOS PostScript driver is usually supplied with the DOS application Follow your application s instructions for installation and printing See also DOS Notes in Chapter 7 Setting up for parallel port printing Your LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer uses a standard parallel port By default your printer s parallel port is ready to receive data and you should not need to make any changes to either your computer s or the printer s parallel port settings Installing the printer software for Windows 95 and Windows 3 1 As the printer administrator you must install the printer software on each computer that will print to the LaserWriter 12 640 PS You can do so by us
15. Mac OS 333 QuickDraw GX imaging technology Mac OS 333 R radio and television interference xvi RAM downloading fonts to Mac OS 43 Windows 3 1 219 220 increasing 150 158 purchasing RAM 150 RAM configuration list 151 removing fonts from Mac OS 44 specifications for 345 upgrade specifications for 353 RARP method for assigning IP address 109 112 RARP server UNIX does not respond 311 Read Me file Apple LaserWriter Software folder 32 34 36 167 Ready In Use light 26 290 reliability of printer MTBF 348 Remote Address Resolution Protocol See RARP remote printer setting up the printer as NetWare 87 91 associating a print server with the print queue 89 91 completing the RPRINTER configuration with the Apple LaserWriter Utility 91 creating a print queue 89 specifying a print server 87 89 removing back cover from printer 136 face up output tray 150 500 sheet cassette and feeder 145 fonts Mac OS 43 paper cassette 153 side cover 152 SIMMs 157 renaming the printer Windows 96 Reset out switch position 355 resolution 1 239 346 restarting the printer Mac OS 57 58 Windows 105 roller assembly fixing 278 ROM fonts in 44 347 specifications for 345 RPRINTER mode NetWare setting up for 87 91 associating a print server with the print queue 90 91 creating a print queue 89 specifying a print server 87 89 S safety instructions cleaning printer 286 electrical hazards 4 fixing roll
16. See also Novell NetWare Troubleshooting in Chapter 13 Select the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer you want then click Configure Enter the PSERVER name the same printer name you used in PCONSOLE if you are not using the default name The default PSERVER name is the same as the default NetWare printer name Enter the same NetWare password that you entered with PCONSOLE Enter the names of file servers that the printer will service Press Add Press OK Enter the queue scan time The queue scan time is the number of milliseconds that the printer will wait before checking each file server that it can access 13 Press Send The LaserWriter 12 640 PS is now ready to function as a print server on the NetWare network What to do next The next section covers setting up the printer as a remote printer If you want to assign a password on the server skip to Step 3 Assigning a Password for the Print Server Optional Otherwise skip to Step 4 Setting Up the PostScript Printer Driver for NetWare Step 2 option B Setting up the printer as a remote printer RPRINTER mode To configure your printer as a remote printer you must use PCONSOLE to specify the print server that will provide service to your printer create a print queue if necessary and associate a print queue with the print server You must also use the Apple LaserWriter Utility to set up the printer as a remote printer IMPORTANT The procedures
17. and the Apple Printer Utility Custom Install lets you specify what portions of the software you would like to install Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users 31 32 Chapter 2 10 11 12 IMPORTANT The Installer checks to make sure you have what you need to use the printer software If you re missing anything a message tells you what you need You wont be able to install the software until you correct the problem If a dialog box says you don t have the correct system software you can purchase a new version from an Apple authorized dealer Click the Install button The Installer takes a few moments to calculate what needs to be done and then begins to copy files Follow the instructions on the screen until the installation is complete After the installation the Installer tells you to restart your computer Click the Restart button The software is now installed on the hard disk If you turned off any automatic virus detection programs on your computer turn them back on now After you restart you may notice a new icon on your desktop one that represents a desktop printer You will also see the Apple LaserWriter Software folder on your hard disk This folder contains the Apple Printer Utility and Read Me files Creating installation disks from the CD ROM disc You can create installation floppy disks from the CD ROM disc if you don t want to give the disc to your users or if some of your user systems don t h
18. i When the selection is as you want choose another setting from the Settings pop up menu or click Print Reporting errors You can specify what happens when a PostScript error occurs or when the paper cassette runs out of paper For PostScript errors you can have the printer provide no reporting provide a summary of the print error on your computer screen when using foreground printing or print a page reporting the error When the printer is out of paper you can have the printer use another cassette with the same paper size or display an alert message If you select Switch to another cassette with same paper size the printer will get paper from its input trays in the following order standard cassette multipurpose tray optional 500 cassette optional envelope cassette IMPORTANT If you have the same size paper in your paper cassettes and multipurpose tray and have tray switching turned on the printer may draw paper from any paper source that has the correct size paper even if you select a specific paper source from the Print dialog box If you want to print from a specific paper source only do not select Switch to another cassette with same paper size Mac OS Users 185 eoccce 1 Choose Print from the File menu The Print dialog box appears 2 Choose Error Handling from the Settings pop up menu The Error Handling dialog box appears 3 Make the selections you want Printer LaserWr
19. photographs enhancing with PhotoGrade Mac OS 49 Windows 98 103 ping assignment method for IP address 109 111 troubleshooting 312 plugging in the printer 24 Portrait orientation Windows 3 1 207 ports on printer controlling Windows 95 240 250 Ethernet port 16 20 346 355 list of 345 346 LocalTalk port 16 17 19 355 parallel port 16 65 355 settings for 355 on Mac OS computers printer port 19 on Windows or DOS computers parallel port 23 port settings choosing Mac OS 55 56 Windows 100 101 postcards loading into envelope cassette 272 273 PostScript Advanced PostScript Windows 95 243 244 optimizing performance of Windows 3 1 211 using with Windows 3 1 209 PostScript driver DOS 64 PostScript error handler Windows 3 1 215 PostScript error information printing Windows 95 243 369 Index ecccce 370 eccoce Index PostScript errors Mac OS 185 UNIX 310 PostScript files printing as text Mac OS 188 printing to Windows 3 1 221 224 saving a document as Mac OS 176 182 sending to the printer Mac OS 57 Windows 102 PostScript fonts working with Mac OS 331 336 341 Windows 3 1 212 213 Windows 95 247 248 PostScript headers Windows 3 1 215 Windows 95 243 PostScript language level specifying Windows 95 244 PostScript Level 2 features using Windows 3 1 210 PostScript mode setting LocalTalk interface to Mac OS 56 Windows 100 PostScript options Mac OS 174
20. 1 Checking the optional duplex printing unit Remove the the duplex printing unit tray to see whether the jam is in the tray area If so gently pull out the jammed paper Hint It may be difficult to view paper jams in the duplex printing unit tray area because paper jams may occur toward the back of the tray area Look for wrinkled or curled edges indicating a paper jam Open the duplex printing unit s door to see whether the jam is around the paper guide for the duplex printing unit If so gently pull out the jammed paper Fixing Paper and Image Problems 295 296 Check around the roller area You may have to push the roller to see if a paper is behind the roller Once you have removed the jammed paper slide the tray back into the duplex printing unit and close the door Open and close the top cover to reset the printer Avoiding paper and envelope jams and wrinkling Chapter 12 Depending on the quality of paper and envelopes that you use some papers or envelopes may jam or wrinkle as they pass through the printer If you experience paper jams loosen up the stack of paper by fanning it before you load it into the paper cassette Be sure not to overload the cassette With stiffer paper stock try printing the paper from the multipurpose tray which provides a straighter feed into the printer than from the cassettes Problems with printed documents This section provides remedies for problems in
21. 3 1x MS DOS version 3 3 or higher 5 0 or higher recommended CD ROM drive or a 3 5 inch floppy disk drive that reads 144 MB disks NetWare requires an 80386 CPU with NetWare version 3 0 or higher Installing all the printer software requires approximately 35 MB of free space on your hard disk Before you begin Set up the printer as described in Chapter 1 remembering to unpack and prepare the printer connect the printer to your NetWare network using Ethernet cables or through a direct parallel connection to a PC Setting up for parallel port printing Chapter 7 Your LaserWriter 12 640 PS uses a standard parallel port and cable By default your printer s parallel port is ready to receive data and you should not need to make any changes to either your computer s or the printer s parallel port settings Installing the printer software for Windows 3 1 To install the Windows printer software if not already installed by your system administrator follow these steps These instructions assume that you have a mouse or similar pointing device Installing from the CD ROM disc 1 Start Windows Before installing the software make sure the Control Panel and Printers control panel are closed 2 Insert the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Software Installation CD ROM disc into the CD ROM drive 3 Using the File Manager open the directory on the CD called Win31 Disk1 4 Double click the setup exe file After a few moments a message a
22. 330 Mac OS computers Chooser does not appear in the Apple menu 301 desktop printer icon has an X drawn through it 306 desktop printer icon reappears after you drag it to the Trash 305 desktop printer icons appear as folders 305 desktop printing software needs more memory on the computer 306 LaserWriter 8 icon does not appear in the Chooser 302 manual feed message turning on or off 306 message on screen says the printer can t print 305 nothing is printed no paper comes out of the printer 304 out of memory message appears on screen when you try to print 303 printer appears more than once in the Chooser 303 printer is not listed in the Chooser 302 303 printer specific options don t appear in the Print dialog box 304 Index printing the first page takes longer than expected 305 NetWare 308 809 paper jams 290 296 in duplex printing unit 295 in 500 sheet cassette and feeder 294 in printer 291 293 printing documents 297 800 black and white images appear although document is in color or grayscale 298 blotchy areas or ghost images appear on the page 300 faded areas or white voids appear on the page 300 grayscale art quality could be better 297 image is too dark 298 image is too light 298 image is wavy or distorted 299 images are out of place 297 nothing is printed on the paper 298 paper curls when you print on it 297 paper prints solid black 299 paper wrinkles 296 printer isn t printing from the co
23. 47 97 256 348 loading 12 15 with legal size paper 258 with letterhead paper 14 259 with letter size paper 257 with photocopier paper 13 with three hole punched paper 14 removing 153 paper guide for duplex printing unit installing 137 138 paper handling options 2 Mac OS 47 49 Windows 97 98 Paper Jam light 26 290 paper jams avoiding 13 296 checking for and clearing 291 296 diagnosing 290 in duplex printing unit 295 in 500 sheet cassette and feeder 294 in printer 291 293 Paper Out light 26 290 Paper tab dialog box Windows 3 1 209 Windows 95 236 238 paper tray automatic selection of Mac OS 177 printer does not print from correct tray 300 paper width guide correcting setting of 297 Parallel interface setting Mac OS 56 Windows 100 parallel interface cable 6 22 23 parallel physical configurations changing 94 parallel port on printer 355 location of 16 setting up for parallel port printing 198 on Windows or DOS computer 16 23 parameter EEPROM 345 password for print server NetWare 92 for TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility 128 132 PCL fonts 347 PCONSOLE NetWare Printer Console utility assigning passwords with 92 purpose of 78 setting up the printer as a print server with 82 92 photocopier paper 12 13 PhotoGrade printer memory requirements for 180 printing with Mac OS 179 180 purpose of 1 specifications for 346 turning on and off printer memory requirements for 180
24. 80 percent RH non condensing Storage toner cartridge a Temperature 32 to 95 F 0 to 35 C a Humidity 15 to 85 percent RH non condensing Storage printer a Temperature 32 to 122 F 0 to 40 C a Humidity 35 to 85 percent RH non condensing Voltage requirements U S 103 5 to 126 5 VAC 58 to 62 Hz or Europe Australia 198 to 264 VAC 48 to 52 Hz IMPORTANT The LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer does not contain a universal power supply Power consumption Energy saving mode a 26 W Standby average a 100 120 V approximately 125 W a 220 240 V approximately 120 W Operating average a 110 120 V approximately 390 W a 220 240 V approximately 370 W Maximum power consumption a 110 120 V approximately 790 W 6 8 A a 220 240 V approximately 770 W 3 5 A Technical Information 351 About PostScript Printer Description PPD files Installing the Mac OS printer software also installs PPD files to support the following Apple LaserWriter printers a LaserWriter a LaserWriter Plus a Personal LaserWriter NT a Personal LaserWriter NTR a Personal LaserWriter 320 a LaserWriter II NT a LaserWriter II NTX a LaserWriter II NTXJ a LaserWriter IIf a LaserWriter IIg m LaserWriter Select 360 m LaserWriter Select 360f m LaserWriter Select 610 a LaserWriter Pro 400 m LaserWriter Pro 405 a LaserWriter Pro 600 a LaserWriter Pro 630 a LaserWriter Pro 810 a LaserWriter Pro 810f a LaserWriter 4 600 PS a LaserWrite
25. Configuration Utility menu press 3 and Enter A pair of numbered choices is displayed one to turn the feature on the other to turn it off Type the number of your choice and press Enter Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users 129 Viewing or changing the printer s IP address You must initially set the the printer s IP address using one of the methods described earlier in this chapter Subsequently you can use the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility to change the address or to store it permanently in the printer s nonvolatile memory 1 From the main menu of the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility menu press 4 and Enter A pair of numbered choices is displayed The first choice Use Network Protocol indicates that you want no IP address stored in the printer the second choice indicates that you want to store an address in the printer s nonvolatile memory 2 To change the address press 2 and then Enter 3 Type the IP address in the following format then press Enter XXX XXX XXX XXX where each XXX is a number between 0 and 255 To indicate that you don t want the printer to have an IP address type 0 0 0 0 and press Enter This is identical to choosing Use Network Protocol in step 1 WARNING If your TCP IP network contains devices with duplicate IP addresses you may experience unpredictable network behavior or your network may cease to function Make sure you obtain a valid and unique IP addre
26. Esc Escape Returns to the previous level Del Delete Deletes a selected item F7 Cancels changes Alt F10 Exits the program Ins Insert Inserts a new item for a list F1 Displays online help Arrow keys Cycle through menu selections or entry fields Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users eccooo 81 82 Chapter 3 Step 2 option A Setting up the printer as a print server using PCONSOLE To set up your printer as a print server you must run PCONSOLE under DOS to specify the print server PSERVER mode and create a print queue IMPORTANT The procedures in this section are specific for a version of PCONSOLE running under NetWare 4 02 If you are running PCONSOLE under NetWare 4 1 or NetWare 3 x the menus and commands will differ somewhat Specifying a print server Your first task is to start PCONSOLE and specify the LaserWriter 12 640 PS as the print server Log on to a file server from DOS on a client computer IMPORTANT You must have supervisor or equivalent privileges to create a print server At the DOS prompt type PCONSOLE and press Enter The utility starts Press F4 This changes PCONSOLE to bindery mode and the Available Options menu appears displaying printer console options Print Queues Print Servers Quick Setup Change Current NetWare Server Use the arrow keys to highlight Print Servers in the menu and press Enter If available a list of print servers appears
27. Obtaining an IP address for the printer 108 g an IP address to the tep 4 Configuring users workstations 11 onfiguring Sun Solaris 113 onfiguring Sun OS version 4 1 Ultrix A UX or other BSD systems 114 onfiguring HP UX version 8 07 11 onfiguring HP UX version 9 x 120 onfiguring SCO UNIX 123 onfiguring IBM AIX version 3 x 125 onfiguring Silicon Graphics IRIX 127 onfiguring the printer 127 sing the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utilit 128 g the Apple and Windows utilities to configure the hat to do next B 5 Installing Options 133 nstalling the duplex printing unit 134 Removing the 500 sheet cassette and feeder 145 Installing the face up output tray on the optional duple printing unit 148 Removing the face up output tra 150 Contents ix Increasing the printer RAM 150 Installing RAM 151 Configuring your printer software for new options 159 Configuring the printer from a Mac OS computer 159 Configuring the printer from a Windows 3 1 computer 161 Configuring the printer from a Windows 95 computer 162 Part Il Guide for Users 6 MacOS Users 165 System requirements 165 Before you install the printer software 166 Installing the printer software 166 Installing from the CD ROM disc 166 Installing from the floppy disks 168 Selecting and setting up the printer 170 Making changes to the printer setup 172 Printing 173 Selecting page setup options 173 Printing documents 175 Printing a cover page au
28. Printers Choose the Setup command from the Options menu to display the Setup dialog box for your printer The Setup dialog box contains buttons that display other dialog boxes containing additional printer settings Click the Features button The Features dialog box appears Installing Options 161 eoovce 162 Chapter 5 Set controls in this dialog box to set up the optional features that you have installed on your LaserWriter 12 640 PS Click OK to close the Features dialog box Click OK to close the Setup dialog box Configuring the printer from a Windows 95 computer From the Task Bar click Start and then select Printers from Settings Click the printer icon for the printer on which you want to update the software Choose Properties from the File menu Click the Device Options panel Set controls in the panel for the optional features that you have installed on your LaserWriter 12 640 PS Click OK to close the Properties dialog box Guide for Users Chapter6 Mac OS Users Chapter 7 Windows 3 1 and DOS Users Chapter 8 Windows 95 Users Chapter9 UNIX Users Chapter 10 Loading Paper Chapter 11 Maintenance Part II contains information you need to use a printer that has already been set up You can find setup instructions in Part Mac OS Users The LaserWriter 12 640 PS comes with software and fonts for use with Mac OS based computers This chapter describes the system
29. Substituting PostScript fonts for TrueType fonts speeds printing especially when the PostScript fonts are resident in the printer m TrueType Substitutions for All Printers Lists all the TrueType fonts installed on your system and for each TrueType font shows which PostScript font is substituted for a TrueType font This table is used only when you select the Substitute PostScript Fonts for TrueType Fonts on This Printer option a For This TrueType Font Shows a list of all the TrueType fonts installed on your system m Substitute This Font Lets you select how font substitution is done Shows a list of the PostScript fonts that are substituted for the TrueType fonts Each list box lists all the PostScript fonts available to the printer PostScript fonts available to the printer include all the fonts resident in the printer s ROM as well as all the Type 1 fonts that you have downloaded to the printer s RAM Each list box also contains a Send As Type 1 option which converts the TrueType font to a Type 1 font The Use Defaults button restores the original PostScript font substitutions IMPORTANT For information about using Font Downloader see Downloading Fonts later in this chapter Windows 3 1 and DOS Users 213 214 eevcce Chapter 7 Features Click the Features tab to display the Features tab dialog box which lets you configure the printer software to use optional printing features that you install on the Las
30. System Administration Manager SAM uses a screen oriented interface that works best at the console Assign an IP address and IP name to the printer as described in Step 3 Assigning an IP Address to the Printer earlier in this chapter Make sure the printer s IP name and IP address are entered in the etc hosts file Run the SAM utility by typing sam at the UNIX prompt Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users 117 eoevce 118 Chapter 4 Select the following options in order from the SAM menu Peripheral devices Printers and Plotters Actions Add a Remote Printer Do not select Add a Network Printer A form appears for you to define a remote printer Enter information into the remote printer form as follows m Printer name Type the local queue name users will use as the name for the printer m Remote system name Type the IP name assigned to the printer as described in Step 3 Assigning an IP Address to the Printer earlier in this chapter Remote printer name Type text fora queue to be used to print ASCII files or type raw for a queue to be used for PostScript or PCL m Remote cancel model Used for remote printer job removal type rcmodel Remote status model Used for remote printer queue status type rsmodel a Make this the system default printer y orn Type y to make this printer the default printer for all workstations on this segment of the network a Printer class Optional m R
31. TrueType fonts or Adobe Type Manager software Keeping two font versions available If you have a TrueType version of a font you don t need a bitmapped version However although keeping both versions of a font takes up more disk space there are several advantages to doing so Bitmapped fonts are hand designed a graphic artist planned each character in each font to look good on a screen TrueType fonts are scaled by the computer to match what you request At smaller point sizes the bitmaps may appear sharper Additionally scaling fonts takes time sometimes up to several seconds in slower Mac OS computers but all Mac OS computers can display a bitmapped font instantly Using Fonts With the Printer eoevce 335 336 TrueType and PostScript fonts PostScript fonts were designed as fonts for PostScript printers However if you have Adobe Type Manager software installed your computer can both display and print PostScript fonts Use different names To avoid confusing the printer software be sure that you don t install both TrueType and PostScript versions of the same font For example do not have a PostScript font file called Times and a TrueType font file called Times installed in your system at the same time TimesFom Times How the Mac OS looks for fonts Appendix C Here s the search order the Mac OS uses to determine which font to display on your screen when you choose a specific size 1 an installed
32. W Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows Chapter 3 a TCP IP TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility Chapter 4 Printing or viewing information about the printer or network a APU LWU W and TCP IP print the configuration page a APU and LWU W show the product version numbers m APU and LWU W show how many pages the printer has printed APU and LWU W turn the startup page on or off a TCP IP show information about the TCP IP interface a TCP IP specify whether banner pages are printed for each TCP IP print job Adjusting print quality a APU and LWU W set the print density a APU and LWU W turn the FinePrint default on or off APU and LWU W turn the PhotoGrade default on or off a APU and LWU W set the halftone screen frequency and angle Administrator Tools Quick Reference 319 320 Appendix A Managing fonts a APU and LWU W display and print font samples a LWU W specify the font symbol set Users can also use the PostScript printer driver for Windows computers to download fonts to the hard disk Administering LocalTalk EtherTalk networks for Mac OS users a APU andLWU W name the printer a APU set the EtherTalk zone m APU and LWU W set EtherTalk communication settings Administering NetWare networks for DOS and Windows users a APU and LWU W turn on or off the Ethernet port s ability to interpret NetWare messages Administering TCP IP networks for UNIX users APU and LWU W turn on or off the Ethernet port s
33. Windows NT 77 Contents vii Initial Novell NetWare setup 78 Step 1 Choosing an operating mode 79 Step 2 Option A Setting up the printer as a print server using PCONSOLE 82 Step 2 Option B Setting up the printer as a remote printer RPRINTER mode 87 Step 3 Assigning a password for the print server optional 92 Step 4 Setting up the PostScript printer driver for NetWare 93 Step 5 Making sure everything is working 94 What to do next 94 Setting Additional Parameters with the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows 94 Installing the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows 95 Opening and quitting the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows 95 Naming the printer on AppleTalk networks 96 Turning the startup page on or off 96 Setting paper handling options 97 Printing a list or samples of printer fonts 99 Viewing or changing communication settings 99 Configuring TCP IP 101 Printing the Ethernet address 102 Sending PostScript files to the printer 102 Setting imaging options 102 Printing the configuration page 104 Setting the print density 104 Printing the page count 104 Specifying a font symbol set 104 Restarting the printer 105 Connecting to a network printer manually 105 Installing Type 1 fonts and Adobe Type Manager 106 What todo next 106 viii Contents 4 Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users 107 Initial TCP IP setup 108 Background information 108 tep 1 Installing the printer software 108 tep 2
34. Windows to send data before canceling the print job A value of zero means that the job is never canceled Margins Changes the way the printer driver reports the printable area to the applications you use The Default option tells the driver to report the printable area accurately to the applications The None option tells the driver to report the dimensions of the paper as the printable area Protocol Options Tells the printer driver whether to begin and end print jobs with Ctrl D Default means it will begin and end jobs with a Ctrl D and None means it won t If the printer is connected to your computer or network by its parallel port click Default if it s connected by its Ethernet port click None PostScript Performance Tells the driver to build PostScript document descriptions that print as fast as possible when Optimize for Speed is selected Such document descriptions might not print successfully on printers with limited memory Select Optimize for Portability to tell the driver to build PostScript document descriptions that print successfully on many different printers Windows 3 1 and DOS Users 211 eoevce 212 eeocece Fonts Click the Fonts tab to display the Fonts tab dialog box Parameters in this dialog box control the way the driver prints TrueType fonts used in your documents The driver can download available TrueType fonts as TrueType fonts Type 42 substitute available PostScript fonts for TrueType fonts
35. ability to interpret TCP IP messages a APU LWU W and TCP IP set the IP address for the printer if it s on a TCP IP network You can use the telnet utility any time except the very first time as explained in Chapter 4 a TCP IP specify the subnet mask of the IP address a TCP IP specify the IP address of the default network utility TCP IP show printer or TCP IP network information TCP IP turn TCP IP timeout checking on or off a TCP IP change the password for the TCP IP utility TCP IP specify whether banner pages are printed for each TCP IP print job TCP IP reset the TCP IP print server TCP IP restore default TCP IP parameters Troubleshooting a APU and LWU W restart the printer a TCP IP reset the printer s TCP IP interface Managing page description languages m APU and LWU W download PostScript files APU and LWU W set the page description interpreters to accept PostScript or PCL or to switch between them automatically Configuring the communication ports a APU and LWU W turn on or off the Ethernet port s ability to interpret NetWare messages APU and LWU W turn on or off the Ethernet port s ability to interpret TCP IP messages a APU and LWU W set EtherTalk communication settings m APU and LWU W configuring the parallel port Configuring options a APU and LWU W turn automatic tray switching on or off a APU and LWU W set the default sheet size for the multipurpose tray Mac OS users c
36. accessed through the File menu Most Mac OS application programs use a version of the standard Page Setup and Print dialog boxes although the exact options presented vary among programs See the manuals that came with your program for details about specific options The printer administrator can change default settings the printer uses for all documents with the Apple Printer Utility For more information about the Apple Printer Utility see Chapter 2 Selecting page setup options The Page Setup dialog box allows you to specify certain aspects of your document such as its page size format and orientation as well as the settings for several print effects You can change these settings for every document you create It s recommended that you set your page setup options when you first create a document Then as you view and format the document it will closely resemble its final printed form Choose Page Setup from the File menu The Page Setup dialog box appears Mac OS Users 173 174 2 Select the page setup options you want To see a dialog box that lets you select enhancements to the printed image choose PostScript Options from this pop up menu LaserWriter 8 Page Setup Use this pop up menu Page Attributes v to identify the printer you want to use Format for LaserWriter 12 640 PS Paper US Letter Small Use this pop up menu Click here to see a list to identify the paper of the currently ien
37. and feeder from the LaserWriter 12 640 PS if it is already attached The duplex printing unit must be installed between the LaserWriter 12 640 PS and the 500 sheet cassette and feeder For instructions on removing the 500 sheet cassette and feeder see Removing the 500 sheet Cassette and Feeder later in this chapter Turn off and unplug the printer and disconnect the network cables Unpack the duplex printing unit and remove any packing materials Set aside the small package of items Installing Options 135 136 Chapter 5 3 4 5 Lift up the back end of the duplex printing unit and slide the metal brace onto the post The brace is located on the left side of the duplex printing unit near the back 1 Raise the door 2 Attach this brace to the post Unpack the duplex printing unit key Remove the three covers located in the back of the printer Remove the two top covers by inserting the key into the side of the covers and pushing gently on the key the covers will snap off Remove the bottom cover by inserting the key into the bottom side of the cover and pushing downward you may need to use some force to remove this cover Insert the key into these slots IMPORTANT Be careful when removing the covers so that they do not fall inside the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 6 Place the bottom cover and the duplex printing unit key in a safe place in case you need them in the future If you decide to remo
38. are needed and enables duplex printing IMPORTANT The instructions provided here explain how to install added memory in your printer yourself If you wish you can also contact an Apple authorized dealer to install more memory for a service fee You can purchase additional RAM for the LaserWriter 12 640 PS in units of 4 8 16 and 32 MB You can purchase 4 MB RAM expansion kits from Apple authorized dealers You can also purchase RAM expansion kits from many electronics and computer outlets For information about the RAM specifications required to expand your printer s memory see Appendix D IMPORTANT The RAM used in the LaserWriter 12 640 PS is not the same type of RAM used in earlier LaserWriter I printers The two are not interchangeable WARNING Refrain from handling the memory until you have put on a grounding wrist strap Handling the memory without wearing a grounding strap may allow static electricity to be discharged into the memory and damage it If your memory kit didn t come with a grounding wrist strap you can purchase one from a computer dealer Installing RAM Your printer comes with 4 MB of RAM installed in Bank A B The table below lists RAM configurations you can use Amount of memory Bank C D Bank A B megabytes left slot right slot 4MB 0 MB 4MB 8 MB 4 MB 4 MB 8 MB 0 MB 8 MB 12 MB 4 MB 8 MB 12 MB 8 MB 4MB 16 MB 8 MB 8 MB 16 MB 0 MB 16 MB 20 MB 4MB 16 MB 24 MB 8 MB 16 MB 32 MB 16 MB 16 MB
39. be printed a list of print jobs appears in the waiting list showing the order in which they will be printed when sorted by print time 2 Choose what you d like to do To cancel a print request select it by clicking its title or icon and click the Remove button You can only select the currently printing document by clicking its title You can select more than one item at a time by holding down the Shift key while clicking You can also drag the icon for the print request to the Trash Note that these methods delete only the print request also referred to as a spool file not the document itself Mac OS Users 191 eoeece 192 Chapter 6 To puta print request on hold select it and click the Hold button The print request will stay on hold until you select it again and click the Resume button You can also put the document that s currently printing on hold by dragging it to the list of documents waiting to print lower part of the window a To indicate that a print request is urgent select it and click the Set Print Time button In the dialog box that opens click Urgent This moves the print request to the top of your list To indicate that a print request should not print until a future time select it and click the Set Print Time button In the dialog box that opens click At Time then set the time you want To change the order of the items waiting to print move their place in the list by dragging their title
40. chapter for instructions on setting the printers zone Step 4 Making sure everything is working The best way to make sure everything is set up correctly is to print something As a simple print test open and print one of the Read Me files that is in the Apple LaserWriter Software folder Locate the Apple Printer Software Read Me file in the Apple LaserWriter Software folder Click the Apple Printer Software Read Me file to select it and choose Print from the File menu or drag the Read Me file to the desktop printer icon and drop it on the printer The Print dialog box appears listing the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer as the selected printer If the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer s name does not appear in the dialog box see Step 2 Choosing the Printer Click Print If the document doesn t print check the steps you followed in Chapter 1 for connecting and turning on the printer Also check that you have followed all the software installation steps presented in this chapter Make sure that you have installed the toner cartridge and loaded paper into the paper cassette Check that no packing material or paper has caused a jam in the printer If the printer still will not print turn to the troubleshooting chapters Chapter 12 and 13 Indicator lights on the front of the printer blink to signal different errors and printing conditions such as out of paper or a paper jam Check the lights and refer to Chapter 12 for their mean
41. command line field and click OK After a few moments a message appears warning you to close all other applications before continuing with this installation Click Next if you have no other open applications If you have open applications click Cancel to stop this installation Close all other applications and start the installation process again A message appears that lets you view the README WRI file for late breaking news Click Yes to view the README WRI file When you have finished reading the README WRI file choose Exit from the File menu in the WordPad application A Welcome message is displayed that allows you to select Express Installation Custom Installation or Printer Driver Only 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Express Installation installs all the software you need It creates the Apple LaserWriter Software program group and installs within it the PostScript printer driver a ReadMe file and the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows which you use to name the printer and perform various printer administrative functions Custom Installation lets you specify what portions of the software you would like to install Printer Driver Only installs only the PostScript printer driver and printer description files Click Express Installation A window appears that keeps you informed as file decompression proceeds Insert other printer disks and click OK as the program asks for them Click Next when the Ins
42. duplex printing unit paper and envelope cassettes a face up output tray memory By waiting you can ensure the printer is working correctly thus simplifying troubleshooting Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 11 12 Loading paper into the cassette Chapter 1 You can load paper into the paper cassette or the multipurpose tray or both For instructions on using the multipurpose tray see Chapter 10 The multipurpose tray can hold up to 80 sheets of paper U S letter size US legal size A4 A5 B5 executive Comm10 envelopes Monarch envelopes DL envelopes C5 envelopes EuroPostcards transparencies and sheets of labels The exact number of sheets the multipurpose tray can hold depends on the weight of the paper You can also use the tray for manual feed jobs The paper cassette can hold up to 250 sheets of paper U S letter size U S legal size executive A4 or BS You can expect excellent printing results from photocopier paper Use paper labeled laser quality for best results Slide the paper cassette out of the printer Prepare a stack of paper You can load up to 250 sheets of 20 pound photocopier paper Make sure the edges are even on all sides before inserting the stack of paper Set the length guide to match your paper s length Move the width guide by pinching and Sliding it into place Push down gently on the paper tray until it locks into place Slide the stack of paper int
43. eccoce Index output tray selecting See also face up output tray Mac OS 184 Windows 3 1 214 Windows 95 238 ozone emission 354 P packing materials removing and saving 7 page attributes selecting Mac OS 174 page count printing Windows 104 page orientation Mac OS 174 Windows 3 1 207 209 Windows 95 236 Page Setup command Mac OS File menu 173 Windows 3 1 File menu 206 Windows 95 File menu 233 Page Setup dialog box Mac OS 174 175 Flip Horizontal option 175 Flip Vertical option 175 Invert Image option 175 Precision Bitmap Alignment option 175 Smooth Graphics option 175 Smooth Text option 175 Substitute Fonts option 175 Unlimited Downloadable Fonts in a Document option 175 page setup options Mac OS 173 175 Windows 3 1206 Windows 95 233 paper binding orientation of Mac OS 48 Windows 98 choosing 270 curls when you print on it 297 finish of 270 legal size 258 letterhead 259 264 letter size 257 loading 12 15 255 275 orientation of selecting Mac OS 174 Windows 3 1 207 209 Windows 95 236 printing on both sides of Mac OS 181 182 running out of Mac OS 185 sizes of 348 sources of multiple Mac OS 176 stiff stock 296 texture of 270 three hole punched loading into multipurpose tray 263 types of 12 349 U S Letter Small or U S Legal Small 174 wrinkled 296 paper cassette 256 259 See also 500 sheet cassette and feeder option multipurpose tray capacity of 12
44. errors reporting Mac OS 185 186 Ethernet address factory assigned 109 printing Windows 102 Ethernet AUI adapter 20 part number for 356 Ethernet cable 6 20 Ethernet frame type used by NetWare 78 86 Ethernet hub 21 Ethernet network connecting to 20 22 Ethernet physical configurations changing 94 Ethernet port 16 20 355 Ethernet thin coaxial transceiver 20 part number for 356 Ethernet transceiver 6 20 346 Ethernet twisted pair transceiver 20 356 EtherTalk 20 EtherTalk interface setting or turning off Mac OS 56 Windows 100 EtherTalk network setting printer zone in 36 52 Express Installation feature Windows 199 F face up output tray benefits of 49 installing on the back of the printer 147 148 on the optional duplex printing unit 148 149 part number for 356 removing 150 faded areas on printed page 300 Features tab dialog box Windows 3 1 214 215 Finder Mac OS printing documents from 187 FinePrint Mac OS 49 178 179 Windows 102 Windows 3 1 1215 Windows 95 240 242 500 sheet cassette and feeder designating as the preferred source Mac OS 160 installing 142 144 installing envelope cassette into 146 loading 274 275 paper jams in 294 part number for 356 removing 145 Flip Horizontal option Mac OS Page Setup dialog box 175 Flip Vertical option Mac OS Page Setup dialog box 175 Floppy Disk Maker application Mac OS 33 floppy disks creating from CD ROM disc 71 installation
45. first by utility and then by function What each utility does The following sections list all the administrator utilities that come with LaserWriter 12 640 PS and their functions Apple Printer Utility for Mac OS The Apple Printer Utility is described in Chapter 2 When you use the utility to set a parameter the parameter is stored on the printer itself and affects all printed documents whether they originate on Mac OS Windows or UNIX computers You can use the utility to perform the following functions a download PostScript files print font samples a download fonts to the printers memory RAM print the configuration page 315 restart the printer name the printer a show the product version numbers a show how many pages the printer has printed a turn the startup page on or off set the print density a turn FinePrint on or off The default can be overridden by the user a turn PhotoGrade on or off The default can be overridden by the user m set the halftone screen frequency a turn automatic tray switching on or off a set the default sheet size for the multipurpose tray and envelope cassette a set the EtherTalk zone a set EtherTalk communication settings a set the IP address for the printer if its on a TCP IP network Utilities for Windows DOS and NetWare You can use the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows on IBM PC or compatible computers In addition you can use standard Novell network a
46. g oN aving energ Adjusting communication settings 2 customize communication settings 2 Q ow to customize communication settings 28 2 Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users 29 in 3 U i g S lee E s pS lo Z 5 o o a QO c z g o oo g 3 o 5 F Nn oo Co SI lw nitial AppleTalk setup 3 tep 1 Installing the printer software 31 tep 2 Choosing the printer 35 Z 19 parallel cable hat todonext 3 ing the Apple Printer Utilit 37 pening the Apple Printer Utilit 39 Quitting the Apple Printer Utilit 4 2 0 iewing printer information 41 aming the printer 4 ownloading fonts to the printer 4 Removing fonts 44 2 Z etting the printers network zones 52 ending PostScript files to the printer 57 Restarting the printer 57 Installing the printer software from the server 60 6l 3 Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 63 stem requirements for Windows 95 6 a 2 gt la Q 5 e stem requirements for Windows 3 1 fore you begin etting up for DOS based printing 6 etting up for parallel port printing 6 nstalling the printer software for Windows 95 and Windows 3 1 6 nstalling from the CD ROM disc 65 nstalling onto a server 7 reating floppy disks from the CD ROM disc 7 nstalling from the floppy disks 72 arg v an D D a Nn o gt KR Nn nstalling the printer software for
47. in this section are specific for a version of PCONSOLE running under NetWare 4 02 If you are running PCONSOLE under NetWare 4 1 or NetWare 3 x the menus and commands will differ slightly Specifying a print server Log on to a file server from a DOS client PC IMPORTANT You must have supervisor or equivalent privileges to select a print server At the DOS prompt type PCONSOLE and press Enter The utility starts and the Available Options menu appears displaying printer console options Print Queues Printers Print Servers Quick Setup Change Context Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 87 88 Chapter 3 10 11 Use the arrow keys to highlight Print Servers in the menu and press Enter If available a list of available print servers appears Select a print server or if the print server does not yet exist press Ins type the print server name and press Enter IMPORTANT The print server name you enter in PCONSOLE must match a print server NLM VAP or a RPRINTER EXE stored on a dedicated computer In the Print Server menu select the print server you want to use and press Enter The Print Server Information menu appears Printers Information and Status Users Operators Description Password Audit Select Printers and press Enter The Defined Printers menu appears displaying options for configuring the print server Select a printer or if there is no defined printer pres
48. in your application s File menu See Additional Printer Options in Chapter 7 for more information on protocol options My text documents print fine but have problems with spreadsheets and graphics Try removing the banner page auto end capping tabs expansion and form feeds Use the DOS CAPTURE command to set the following printing options nb na nff nt ti 30 Fixing Other Problems eoevce 309 310 UNIX troubleshooting Chapter 13 If you are using the LaserWriter 12 640 PS from a UNIX workstation use this section for troubleshooting tips When print a text file the lines stairstep off the page You need to use a print queue that adds a carriage return at the end of each line To set up the print queue the printer administrator follows the instructions in Step 4 Configuring Users Workstations in Chapter 4 To learn the names of your local print queues see your printer administrator or look in your etc printcap file The document generates PostScript errors Make sure the language interpreter in the printers TCP IP interface is set correctly Sending a text only document or a PCL5 document when the language interpreter is set to PostScript will generate PostScript errors The document generates a PostScript listing Make sure the language interpreter in the printers TCP IP interface is set correctly Sending a PostScript document when the language interpreter is set to PCL5 will gene
49. incompatible with driver features When checked displays a message if an application might be incompatible with some driver features Watermarks Click the Watermark tab to display the Watermark tab dialog box which contains options for defining editing and deleting watermarks Apple LaserWriter 12 640 PS Properties x General Details Sharing Paper Graphics l Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks Select a watermark Print watermark On firstpage only R in backoround a Select a Watermark Lists available watermark definitions which can be selected and edited or deleted a Edit Displays the Edit Watermark dialog box summarized below a New Displays the New Watermark dialog box which has the same features as the Edit Watermark dialog box summarized below a Delete Deletes the selected watermark definition Windows 95 Users 245 eocvce 246 Chapter 8 a Print watermark Tells the printer how the watermark should be printed You can print on the first page only rather than on all pages the default You can print the watermark in the foreground rather than in the background the default Choose this setting if you cannot see the watermark on the printed page You can print only the outline of the watermark Choose this setting if the watermark is covering graphic images in the document m Display area A bitmap area that displays a portrait image of what the page will
50. installation Initial Novell NetWare setup Chapter 3 This section provides instructions on setting up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS for operation on a Novell NetWare network Make sure that the NetWare network is set up and operating according to the instructions in the Novell NetWare documentation You should have access to the NetWare Printer Console utility PCONSOLE on the computer from which you will be setting up the printer and have the administrative privileges necessary to make changes to the network Note The LaserWriter 12 640 PS automatically determines the Ethernet frame type used by NetWare for network communications Usually you do not need to configure frame type when setting up the printer All of the file servers that will be using the printer concurrently must use the same frame type If you need to manually set the printer s Ethernet frame type see Connecting to a Network Printer Manually near the end of this chapter Step 1 Choosing an operating mode When setting up your printer for a NetWare network you have a choice of three operating modes a PSERVER mode in which the printer emulates NetWare s PPERVER software and functions as a dedicated print server a RPRINTER mode in which the printer functions as a remote printer a ATPS AppleTalk Print Spooler mode in which the printer functions as a remote AppleTalk printer In PSERVER mode the factory default print jobs are stored in a queue o
51. into their receiving slots 4 Slide out the tray until it locks into place Installing Options 147 5 Extend the tray Installing the face up output tray on the optional duplex printing unit 1 Lineup the tabs on the bottom edge of the face up output tray with the holes in the back of the duplex printing unit 2 Genily push down on the face up output tray to insert the tabs into their receiving slots 148 Chapter 5 3 Slide out the tray until it locks into place 4 Extend the tray eccoee 150 Removing the face up output tray Slide in the tray Genily pull up on the face up output tray to remove the tabs from their receiving slots and then out Increasing the printer RAM Chapter 5 You can increase the memory size of the LaserWriter 12 640 PS You can install up to 64 megabytes MB of random access memory RAM in the printer to provide faster performance on complex documents documents containing many fonts and duplex printing You can also enable the printer s PhotoGrade feature which provides enhanced printing of graphics by increasing the printer s memory to 12 MB of RAM or more Adding RAM allows more fonts to be downloaded to the printer at one time provides more space to store the calculations needed for large or complex images increases the space available for font caching or maintaining recently used fonts in memory for faster access the next time they
52. is running you will see one or more lines of text if it is not running you will see no response If rlp is running that is you saw one or more lines of text in step 1 kill the process by typing kill 15 process_number_from_step_1 Make sure the following entry isinthe etc inetd conf file printer stream tcp nowait root usr lib rlpdaemon rlpdaemon i This line tells inetd to start the rlp daemon automatically when a print request is made if it s not already running Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users 119 ecevce 120 Chapter 4 Make sure the following entry isinthe etc services file printer 515 tcp spooler Start inetd by typing the following command at the UNIX prompt etc inetd c Repeat the steps in Configuring HP UX Version 8 07 Configuring HP UX version 9 x You must configure the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer as a remote printer not as a network printer Log in to the system console as root The System Administration Manager SAM uses a screen oriented interface that works best at the console Assign an IP address and IP name to the printer as described in Step 3 Assigning an IP Address to the Printer earlier in this chapter Make sure the printer s IP name and IP address are entered in the etc hosts file Run the SAM utility by typing sam at the UNIX prompt Select the following options in order from the SAM menu Printers and Plotters Printers Plotters Act
53. main menu of the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility menu press 7 and Enter Follow the instructions on your screen Changing the password for this utility From the main menu of the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility menu press 8 and Enter When requested to do so type a 5 10 character password The characters you type will not appear on the screen Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users 131 eoecce Resetting the printer s TCP IP interface If youre having problems with your TCP IP connection to the printer and can t solve the problem by any other means you may try resetting the printer s TCP IP interface From the main menu of the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility menu press 9 and Enter IMPORTANT If you reset the printer while a document is printing it may not finish printing Restoring settings to their factory defaults To restore the settings to their factory defaults From the main menu of the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility menu press 10 and Enter WARNING This option erases the utility s password and the printer s IP address You must reset the address as described in Step 3 Assigning an IP Address to the Printer earlier in this chapter IMPORTANT If you choose this option while a document is printing it may not finish printing Using the Apple and Windows utilities to configure the printer There are a number of other configuration choices you can make with the Apple and Windows u
54. menu in the WordPad application A Welcome dialog box is displayed that allows you to select Express Installation Custom Installation or Printer Driver Only Express Installation installs all the software you need It creates the Apple LaserWriter Software program group and installs within it the PostScript printer driver a ReadMe file and the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows which you use to name the printer and perform various printer administrative functions Custom Installation lets you specify what portions of the software you would like to install Printer Driver Only installs only the PostScript printer driver and printer description files Click Express Installation A window appears that keeps you informed as file decompression proceeds Select Disk 2 when the program asks for it Click Next when the Installer prompts you to add a PostScript printer to your system A message appears that lets you install the setup program onto your hard disk Select Yes if desired and click Next The Setup Program Location dialog box appears 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Enter a new directory for the setup program or use the default directory and click Next A message appears that lets you specify how your printer is connected local or network Select how your printer is connected local or network and click Next The Install PostScript Printer from PPD dialog box appears Select
55. on the top of the printer and stacks the output media face down The Face Up output reduces the curl of your paper by using a straight through paper path through the printer This is useful when you print on heavy media such as transparencies envelopes and postcards Note You can use Face Up output with or without the optional face up output tray However the face up output tray stacks the papers neatly in a tray instead of on the surface where the printer is located Click Send to send the paper handling settings to the printer Selecting imaging options FinePrint provides smoother less jagged printing of text characters You can set the printers default setting for the FinePrint feature to on or off Users can change this setting from the Print Options dialog box To print high quality images with PhotoGrade turn off FinePrint PhotoGrade enhances the look of printed images such as scanned photographs by providing more shades of gray and better printed clarity and contrast If your LaserWriter 12 640 PS has been upgraded to a minimum of 12 MB of memory you can use PhotoGrade You can set the printer s default to have PhotoGrade turned on and off If you want to You need this much printer memory Turn on PhotoGrade or use the 12 MB duplex printing option Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 20 MB print on all size paper except legal Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 24 MB print on all size paper including legal Sett
56. or automatically create PostScript versions of TrueType fonts and download them to the printer when you print Apple LaserWriter 12 640 PS on LPT1 Paper Features J Fonts Te PostScript J Job Control J Watermark r Apple LaservVriter 12 640 PS on LPT1 Send TrueType Fonts to This Printer as Typed SOY V Substitute PostScript Fonts for TrueType Fonts on This Printer r TrueType Substitutions for All Printers For This TrueType Font Substitute This Font Arial Courier New Symbol IBMPCDOS Use Defaults Times New Roman Wingdings Font Downloader Hep Cancel ox Send TrueType Fonts to This Printer as Tells the driver what kind of PostScript fonts to create for TrueType fonts Select one of these options a Type 1 to synthesize outline PostScript fonts a Type 3 to synthesize bitmapped PostScript fonts a Type 42 to package TrueType fonts for the PostScript printer a Dont Send to use TrueType fonts that are resident in the printer or are supplied by print manager software No TrueType fonts are resident on the printer as it is shipped from the factory Substitute PostScript Fonts for TrueType Fonts on This Printer When checked tells the driver to substitute PostScript fonts available to the printer for TrueType fonts The driver uses the TrueType Substitutions table to determine which PostScript font to use for each TrueType font installed on your system
57. or more of the following LaserWriter Printer Driver Apple LaserWriter Utility Apple Printer Utility Apple Print Monitor and PPDs onto Windows NT The Apple Printer Utility and Apple Print Monitor options are included for use with the Apple Color LaserWriter 12 600 PS only De Install lets you remove previously installed LaserWriter software Click Express Install A window appears that keeps you informed as file decompression proceeds Click Restart Windows After Windows restarts the Adobe PostScript Printers control panel appears Select the drive that holds your CD from the Drives list box Select LaserWriter 12 640 PS from the PostScript Printer Descriptions Available list and Click Install The PostScript printer driver files are installed on the hard disk A message appears telling you that the driver software was successfully installed Click OK to dismiss the message Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 69 70 Chapter 3 13 14 15 Select another Apple LaserWriter printer if you want and click Install to install Repeat for each printer you want to install You can install other Apple LaserWriter printers supported by the software When you re done click Close A message appears telling you to use the Printers control panel to connect and set up the printers you ve installed By default each printer uses LPT 1 The Printers control panel Setup dialog box lets you specify a diffe
58. page at the beginning or the end of the document Choose Print from the File menu The Print dialog box appears Select the options you want Mac OS Users 177 eoecce 3 For a cover page that appears at the front or at the end of the document click Before Document or After Document 178 Chapter 6 Select Cover Page from the pop up menu The cover page options dialog box appears Printer LaserWriter 12 640 PS vj Print Cover Page None Before Document After Document Destination Save Settings To use your settings as the default settings click Save Settings To print the document without a cover page click None To define a different paper source for the cover page choose one from the pop up menu When the selections are as you want choose another setting from the Settings pop up menu or click Print Printing grayscale documents When you print a document containing shades of gray you can choose to maximize either image quality or speed Choose Print from the File menu The Print dialog box appears Choose Color Matching from the Settings pop up menu The Color Matching dialog box appears 3 Make the selection you want Printer LaserWriter 12 640 PS v Destination Color Matching v Print Color Color Grayscale v Printer s Defaut v For the fastest printing choose Black and White The ima
59. page serves as a reference whenever you connect a computer to the printer Choose Print Configuration Page from the Utilities menu Setting the print density If your documents are printing too light or too dark you can adjust the print density of the printer to print lighter or darker text and images Choose Print Density from the Utilities menu The Print Density dialog box appears Drag the slider to increase or decrease the print density Click Set A page prints confirming the choice Printing the page count The LaserWriter 12 640 PS stores a running total of the number of pages it has printed This total is printed on the startup page when you start the printer if the startup page option is turned on You can also print it using the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows a Choose Print Page Count from the Utilities menu A page prints listing the number of pages printed to date Specifying a font symbol set You can use the Apple LaserWriter Utility to specify a font symbol set for use in HP LaserJet emulation Choose Font Symbol Set from the Utilities menu The Specify a Symbol Set dialog box appears Select a symbol set from the list box and click OK Restarting the printer You may need to restart the printer to clear its memory if you have any problems printing For information on troubleshooting printing problems see Chapters 11 and 12 Choose Restart Printer from the Utilities menu A dialo
60. properly seated inside the printer Make sure the toner cartridge is inserted all the way and properly seated inside the printer 284 Chapter 11 8 Close the printer and resume printing Maintenance 285 Cleaning the exterior Unplug the power cord and then wipe the exterior of the printer with a clean soft damp cloth Use a mild soap or detergent if necessary but never use an ammonia based cleaner Be careful not to get any liquid in the power cord port WARNING Never use ammonia based cleaners on or around the LaserWriter 12 640 PS They may react chemically with the toner and with the printer s plastic case 286 Chapter 11 Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Fixing Paper and Image Problems Chapter 13 Fixing Other Problems Part III offers to solutions to problems you might encounter while using the LaserWriter 12 640 PS LLL Fixing Paper and Image Problems This chapter provides solutions to problems you may encounter with paper jams or print quality while using your LaserWriter 12 640 PS The first section discusses how to read the printer s indicator lights to help you identify and solve problems and how to clear paper jams The rest of the chapter covers specific problems that can occur when you are printing a document 289 290 Checking the indicator lights Chapter 12 The lights on the front panel of the LaserWriter 12 640 PS indicate the printer s operating stat
61. requires a minimum of 12 MB memory in the printer For instructions on adding printer RAM see Increasing the Printer RAM later in this chapter If you want to You need this much printer memory Turn on PhotoGrade or use the 12 MB duplex printing option Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 20 MB print on all size paper except legal Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 24 MB print on all size paper including legal Follow these instructions for installing the LaserWriter 12 640 PS duplex printing unit Before you install the duplex printing unit a The printer must be turned off and the power cord unplugged a The printer must be disconnected from your computer or network The duplex printing unit adds approximately 2 inches to the height and 4 inches to the depth of the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Begin by selecting a location for the LaserWriter 12 640 PS that provides enough room to accommodate the increased height and depth of the printer If you intend to keep the printer in its current location make sure that adequate room will be available for opening the top cover and the duplex printing unit door and maintaining the printer You will also need to temporarily move the LaserWriter 12 640 PS from its current location to place the duplex printing unit in its place When moving the printer be sure to place it on a strong flat and stable surface that can support its weight IMPORTANT You must remove the optional 500 sheet cassette
62. rlpdaemon rlpdaemon i This line tells inetd to start the rlp daemon automatically when a print request is made if it s not already running Make sure the following entry isinthe etc services file printer 515 tcp spooler 10 Start inetd by typing the following command at the UNIX prompt etc inetd c Repeat the steps in Configuring HP UX Version 9 x Configuring SCO UNIX To configure Santa Cruz Operation SCO version 1 2 or later of UNIX follow these steps Log in to the SCO machine as root Assign an IP address and IP name to the printer as described in Step 3 Assigning an IP Address to the Printer earlier in this chapter Make sure the printer s IP name and IP address are entered inthe etc hosts file Make sure you can use telnet to log in to the printer as described earlier in this chapter At the UNIX prompt type mkdev rlp When the mkdev program asks if you want to install or remove remote line printing choose install even if it is already installed If remote line printing is already installed the program will ask if you want to continue installing the system Answer no and skip to step 11 If remote line printing is not already installed the program will ask if you wish to change the etc printcap file Answer no The program then asks if you want to run etc rlpconf Answer no When asked if you want to start the remote daemon answer yes You re
63. s length You adjust the length guide by pulling up on one corner of the guide and then the other The cassette is marked with positions for paper of U S letter 8 1 2 x 11 A4 and US legal sizes 8 1 2 x 14 3 Adjust the width guide to its maximum setting by squeezing the colored lever located on the right side of the cassette against the brace and sliding the guide outward 4 Push down gently on the paper tray until it rests against the bottom of the cassette and locks into place 5 Slide the paper beneath the bracket at the front left of the cassette Push the paper down if necessary but don t overload the cassette or the paper may jam when you print Make sure the paper fits under these brackets Adjust this guide to fit the length of your paper Adjust this guide to fit the width of your paper 274 Chapter 10 Adjust the width guide so that it fits snugly against the paper but not so tightly that it might cause binding To avoid paper jams always set the length and width guides to the correct positions for your particular paper Insert the paper cassette into the 500 sheet feeder Loading the 500 sheet cassette with letterhead and three hole punched paper Insert letterhead paper into the 500 sheet cassette face down with the top of the letterhead at the front of the tray the handle end If you want to print on both sides of the letterhead paper place the letterhead paper face up in the paper cas
64. shows how to load a stack of three hole punched paper in the multipurpose tray Align three hole punched paper along the left edge of the tray Loading Paper 263 264 Chapter 10 Loading letterhead paper in the multipurpose tray You can load a stack of letterhead in the multipurpose tray for automatic printing You can also print letterhead manually by feeding one sheet at a time This illustration shows how to load a stack of letterhead in the multipurpose tray Place letterhead paper face up in the tray with the top of the page in closest to the printer Loading envelopes in the multipurpose tray You can load a stack of 10 envelopes in the multipurpose tray for automatic printing You can also print envelopes manually by feeding them one envelope at a time This illustration shows how to load a stack of envelopes in the multipurpose tray Stack the envelopes so that the tops are to the right and the flaps are down Slide the width guide so that it rests against the envelopes Adjust the width guide on the multipurpose tray to the size of the envelope Hint Direct the envelope to the face up output to reduce curl If you print many envelopes You can obtain an envelope cassette from an Apple authorized dealer that allows you to feed up to 50 envelopes automatically Loading Paper 265 eoecce 266 Chapter 10 WARNING Dort use envelopes that have fasteners snaps or windows whe
65. the Settings pop up menu The Layout dialog box appears Mac OS Users eoevce 181 182 3 This picture illustrates your choice of pages per sheet and direction and it reflects changes as you make them Chapter 6 Make the selections you want Printer LaserWriter 12 640 PS w Destination Layout v Pages per Sheet 1 v Use the Pages per P ia Sheet pop up menu Layout Direction 1 2 2 1 to choose 1 2 4 6 9 Border or 16 pages per sheet The printer reduces or I Print on Both Sides enlarges pages to fit Binding the layout To duplex print select Print on Both Sides and select the binding orientation a Binding determines how pages are printed when you are printing on both sides of the paper If you want the binding orientation along the side of the paper like in a book or magazine click the left binding button If you want the binding orientation along the bottom of the paper such as in a calendar click the right binding button When the selections are what you want choose another setting from the Settings pop up menu or click Print Printing to a file You can save your document as a PostScript file or an EPS file Choose Print from the File menu The Print dialog box appears Choose File from the Destination pop up menu Choose PostScript Printer Options from the Settings pop up menu The PostScript Printer Options dialog box appears 4 You can
66. the appearance of a printed document The quality of grayscale art could be better Turn on the PhotoGrade feature as described in Chapter 6 for Mac OS users and Chapters 7 and 8 for Windows users Also try turning off the FinePrint feature Note Youll need at least 12 MB memory to use PhotoGrade Paper curls when you print on it Use only 16 to 24 pound laser quality or photocopy bond paper for automatic feed and 16 to 32 pound paper for manual feed printing If you are using the correct weight and the paper still curls try using a different brand of paper Toner does not stay fixed on the paper If the toner does not stick to the paper try using different paper Best results are obtained with laser quality or photocopy bond paper The printer prints on only part of the paper printing is off center or images are out of place Make sure that you have selected the appropriate paper source paper size and orientation in your printing software On a Mac OS computer click the Page Image icon in the Page Setup dialog box if you want to narrow the margins to print on more of the page you can select Larger Print Area in the Options portion of the Page Setup dialog box Check the paper width guide in the cassette If the width guide is set too wide the paper may be fed into the printer at an angle Also check that the margins set in your document are correct that you are not using a type of paper that is causing a feeding
67. the face up tray For information about selecting the output trays to print from see Chapter 6 if you have a Mac OS computer or see Chapter 7 or Chapter 8 if you have a Windows computer Letter size paper Set the length guide located on the back of the cassette to the position that corresponds to your paper s length You adjust the length guide by pushing or pulling the guide Adjust the width guide to its maximum width by squeezing the colored lever located on the right side of the cassette against the brace and sliding the guide outward Push down gently on the paper tray until it rests against the bottom of the cassette and locks into place Slide the paper beneath the bracket at the front left of the cassette Push the paper down if necessary but don t overload the cassette or the paper may jam when you print Make sure the paper fits Slide paper under under this corner bracket the retainers Loading Paper eoevce 257 258 Chapter 10 Adjust the width guide so that it fits snugly against the paper but not so tightly that it might cause binding To avoid paper jams always set the length and width guides to the correct positions for your particular paper Adjust the length and width guides to fit the size paper you re using Legal and other size paper Set the length guide located on the back of the cassette to the position that corresponds to your paper s length You adjust the length guide b
68. the following sections Background information TCP IP is a protocol commonly used to connect UNIX systems over Ethernet networks Every TCP IP device must have a unique IP address Much of the initial work the printer administrator must do is related to assigning an IP address and other associated information to the printer Step 1 Installing the printer software You don t need to install any special UNIX software to administer the printer You can control many features of the printer s TCP IP interface by using telnet as explained later in this chapter you can control other features of the printer by using the Apple Printer Utility program on a Mac OS computer see Chapter 2 or LaserWriter Utility for Windows see Chapter 3 on Windows computers Step 2 Obtaining an IP address for the printer To be recognized on your TCP IP network your printer must be assigned an IP address Part of the address identifies your site the other part uniquely identifies the device Most sites have a network administrator who dispenses IP addresses for all new network devices Contact your network administrator for an IP address for the printer WARNING If your TCP IP network contains devices with duplicate or incorrect IP addresses you may experience unpredictable network behavior or your network may cease to function Make sure you obtain a valid and unique IP address for the printer Step 3 Assigning an IP address to the printer When
69. to look too light or if you see vertical white regions in dark images it may be time to change the cartridge For ordering information see Appendix D Replacing the toner cartridge Whenever you install a new toner cartridge you should also clean the interior of the printer Follow these steps to replace the cartridge and clean the interior of the printer WARNING Use only cartridges designed for use with your LaserWriter 12 640 PS Printer Other cartridges may not fit and may damage the printer Maintenance 279 280 Chapter 11 1 Open the printer cover Lift this latch to open the top cover 2 Remove the used cartridge Pull the cartridge up and out Maintenance 281 282 Chapter 11 Slide the yellow plastic square back and forth to remove any toner residue Slide the square back and forth Take the new cartridge out of its packaging Distribute the toner powder by gently rocking the cartridge back and forth 6 Firmly pull the tab directly away from the cartridge to remove the sealing tape WARNING Be sure to pull the tab straight out of the cartridge Don t pull too quickly or at an angle either might damage the toner seals within the cartridge Maintenance 283 7 Align the arrow on the left side of the toner cartridge with the arrow on the left side of the printer then slide the cartridge downward into the printer Make sure the toner cartridge is inserted all the way and
70. to 330 sheets 250 in the standard paper cassette plus 80 in the multipurpose tray without changing paper You can easily add a 500 sheet cassette and feeder or a 50 envelope cassette The printer also supports duplex printing printing on both sides of the paper when the optional duplex printing unit is attached Choosing a place for the printer Chapter 1 Choose a flat stable area with adequate room around the printer The area should be well ventilated and away from direct sunlight or sources of heat cold or humidity Keep the printer s vents free from obstruction to allow for proper operation and cooling of the printer Don t use ammonia based cleaners which can react chemically with the toner on or around the printer Allow enough space Allow space to open the top cover to open the door Make sure you have IMPORTANT Keep the printer s enough space to open vents unobstructed for proper operation the paper cassette and cooling See Appendix D Technical Information for more information about the physical requirements of the printer Important safety instructions Before you plug in your LaserWriter 12 640 PS read these important safety instructions WARNING This equipment is intended to be electrically grounded Your printer is equipped with a three wire grounding plug a plug that has a third grounding pin This plug will fit only a grounded AC outlet This is a safety feature If you are unable to i
71. to 830 sheets without reloading paper Note The Paper Handling category sets the default paper handling options for the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer You can change printer settings without changing the printer s basic defaults by changing the settings in the Print and Page Setup dialog boxes Network users should use the Print and Page Setup dialog boxes to choose the individual settings for their documents 1 Open the Paper Handling category The Paper Handling panel appears LaserWriter 12 640 PS EE Send Set Defaults Update Info Startup Page vv Print Density Vv Paper Handling oO Automatic Tray Switching Choose the size of paper in the multipurpose tray If you print jobs that are a different Default paper size for Multipurpose Tray Letter v Default paper size for Envelope Tray Envelope Commid v Duplexing One sided ind i j 2 Printer output orientation Face down v size paper the printer avoids the multipurpose tray Vv Imaging Options Vv Extended Job Status 2 Click the checkbox to turn Automatic Tray Switching on or off When an X appears in the checkbox tray switching is turned on Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users 47 eoccce 48 Chapter 2 Choose a default paper size for the multipurpose tray from the pop up menu The Print dialog box provides the Auto Select option which allows the printer to draw paper from any paper source tha
72. to a font without styling or plain Oblique is similar to italic Light demi and extra are different levels of bold 340 Appendix C seoooo Common questions about fonts Here are some questions that often come up about fonts What kind of fonts should buy Bitmapped fonts are best for screen display but don t look as good when you print them PostScript fonts look great on paper if you have a PostScript printer or Adobe Type Manager TrueType fonts are the best all purpose fonts to use for your monitor and non PostScript printers Why don t all of my fonts appear in the Fonts menu You may not have all of your fonts placed correctly In system software versions 7 1 and 7 5 all the fonts should be installed in the Fonts folder in the System Folder Additionally some application programs let the user decide which fonts should appear in the Fonts menu Check the manuals that came with your programs Why can t I see my Monaco 9 Geneva 9 and 12 and Chicago 12 bitmapped fonts These fonts are used by your computer to display information Because the Mac OS needs these fonts the Finder makes them invisible to prevent users from removing them Using Fonts With the Printer 341 342 Appendix C What does the term Apple classic fonts mean The Apple classic fonts are the original ten bitmapped fonts that came with the first Macintosh in 1984 These fonts which all have city names include Athens Cairo a pictu
73. to stop this installation Close all other applications and start the installation process again A message appears that lets you view the README WRI file for late breaking news Click Yes to view the README WRI file When you have finished reading the README WRI file choose Exit from the File menu in the Microsoft Write application A dialog box appears that allows you to select Express Installation Custom Installation Printer Driver Only or De Install Express Installation installs all the software you need It creates the Apple LaserWriter Software program group and installs within it the PostScript printer driver a ReadMe file and the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows which you use to name the printer and perform various printer administrative functions Custom Installation lets you specify what portions of the software you would like to install Printer Driver Only installs only the PostScript printer driver and printer description files De Install lets you remove previously installed LaserWriter software Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 75 eocvce 76 Chapter 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Click Express Installation A window appears that keeps you informed as file decompression proceeds Next the Installer asks you to press a button to restart Windows Click Restart Windows After Windows restarts the Adobe PostScript Printers control panel appears Remo
74. to the printers RAM to speed up printing You do not have to download fonts to use them in printed documents but doing so can make printing faster than storing fonts only on your computer Fonts downloaded to the printer s RAM are lost whenever the printer is turned off 1 Open the Fonts category The Fonts panel appears EEEE sLasserWriter 12 640 PS Send Set Defaults Update Info gt Printer Information gt Name Vv Fonts Name Type Location The icons in the Location AvantGarde Book PostScript ar e column show where fonts AvantGarde BookOblique PostScript oy AvantGarde Demi PostScript nr are stored in the printer S The list shows fonts AvantGarde DemiOblique PostScript or ROM or RAM already available to Bookrnan Demi PostScript Fite Bookman Demiltalic PostScript tl the printer if you see Bookman Light PostScript il a font here you don t OOF ROM 35 far RAM O scsi 0 need to add it gt Startup Page gt Print Density a 2 Click Add A file selection dialog box appears 3 Select the fonts you want to download Double click the font name in the list or select the name and click Add 4 Choose a destination for downloading the fonts from the Destination pop up menu 5 Click Send Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users 43 eoccce Removing fonts You can remove fonts from the printers memory when you no longer need them You cannot remove fonts from the printers ROM 1
75. well when it has the proper software installed 329 330 Appendix C Bitmapped fonts Bitmapped fonts consist of pictures of a typeface at specific sizes For example you might have bitmapped fonts at 10 12 and 18 point sizes installed in your Mac OS computer For best results you need a separate font file for each size of character you want to use The icon of a bitmapped font also called a fixed size font or screen font has the single letter A on it The font s point size appears at the end of its name Al Monaco 12 When you request a bitmapped character your computer looks for an installed bitmapped font in the size you specified See How the Mac OS Computer Looks for Fonts later in this appendix If it can t find that font your computer tries to construct one by scaling a size that it does find In most cases scaled bitmapped fonts don t look nearly as good as preinstalled ones Such scaling is one reason for the jagged edges sometimes called jaggies youll see on your screen or in a printed document when you request an uninstalled size for example 17 point Geneva Bitmapped fonts are designed on grids of 72 dots per inch dpi the standard Mac OS screen resolution Because of their correspondence to the standard screen resolution bitmapped fonts in preinstalled sizes always look great on your display When you print a bitmapped font it prints at a resolution of 72 dpi Because most
76. while a print job is waiting to be printed Enable bidirectional support for this printer Disable bidirectional support for this printer Specifies whether the printer should communicate with the computer bidirectionally Sharing The Sharing tab dialog box controls network sharing of the printer Even if you are not using NetWare you can still share your printer with other users on the Microsoft Network The Sharing tab is available only when you open the printer Properties dialog box from the Printer folder If you don t see the Sharing tab from the Printer folder open the Network Control Panel Select Microsoft Networks as your Primary Network logon Then select File and Print sharing Select the options you want and restart your system Open the printer Properties dialog box from the Printer folder The Sharing tab should now be available Apple LaserWriter 12 640 PS Properties 21 x Fonts Device Options l PostScript Watermarks General Details Sharing Paper Graphics rC Shared As Cancel a NotShared When selected the printer is not available to other users on the network a Shared As When selected the printer is available to other users on the network Windows 95 Users 251 eoevce 252 a Share Name Enter the name of the shared printer This name appears in the Network Neighborhood window when users search for network printers m Comment Enter any comments about this printer Comment
77. with every document you print The error handler prints a page with a PostScript error message when a document fails to print correctly You can use this option as an aid in troubleshooting print job problems a Font Control This advanced feature tells the driver not to download fonts when printing documents Use this option if you know that the fonts you use in your documents are always available to the printer Watermark Click the Watermark tab to display the Watermark tab dialog box which contains options for defining editing and deleting watermarks Apple LaserWriter 12 640 PS on LPT1 Paper Features Fonts PostScript Job Control Watermark Select a Watermark Edit Add Delete Heo Conc OK Select a Watermark Lists available watermark definitions which can be selected and edited or deleted a Edit Displays the Edit Watermark dialog box summarized below a Add Displays the Add Watermark dialog box which has the same features as the Edit Watermark dialog box summarized below a Delete Deletes the selected watermark definition a Display area A bitmap area that displays a portrait image of what the page will look like when printed Edit Watermark Choose the Edit button in the Watermark tab dialog box to display the Edit Watermark dialog box Edit Watermark r Watermark Text Text DER fot fot id se Jj swe fos El Text
78. 0 PS as the default printer and click Close Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 93 94 Step 5 Making sure everything is working When you have finished configuring your printer as a dedicated print server or a remote printer you can print from a Windows application a document such as the ReadMe file to verify that you can print to the LaserWriter 12 640 PS What to do next You can set additional printer features as explained in the section Setting Additional Parameters With the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows next Setting additional parameters with the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows Chapter 3 The printer has default settings for both parallel and Ethernet physical configurations If you want to view the printer s configuration information or change any of the settings you must use the Apple LaserWriter Utility The printer itself has no control panel but you can set features on it remotely by using programs on computers that can communicate with the printer a On Mac OS computers use the Apple Printer Utility and the Chooser s setup function which are described in Chapter 2 a On Windows computers use the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows described in this chapter The Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows program lets you change the default settings that control how various aspects of the printer work The utility is placed in the Apple LaserWriter Software progr
79. 0 PS supplies direct from Apple by calling 1 800 600 7805 Item Apple Ethernet Thin Coax Transceiver Apple Ethernet Twisted Pair Transceiver Apple Ethernet AUI Adapter LaserWriter 12 640 PS Toner Cartridge LaserWriter 12 640 PS 500 Sheet Cassette and Feeder LaserWriter 12 640 PS Envelope Cassette LaserWriter 12 640 PS Face Up Output Tray LaserWriter 12 640 PS Duplex Printing Unit Part Number M0329Z B M0437Z B M0432LL A M4683G A M4682G A M4680G A M4698G A M4697G A Index A accessories configuring printer software for 159 162 installing 133 162 part numbers for 356 Add Port dialog box Windows 95 250 administrators See printer administrators Adobe Type Manager software 336 341 Advanced PostScript dialog box Windows 95 243 244 AIX version 3 x configuring TCP IP setup 125 126 Apple classic fonts 342 Apple Ethernet AUI adapter 20 356 Apple Ethernet Thin Coax Transceiver 20 356 Apple Ethernet Twisted Pair Transceiver 20 356 Apple LaserWriter Software folder 32 34 36 167 Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows 94 106 See also Windows computers assigning IP address with 109 111 completing PSERVER configuration with 86 configuring TCP IP with 101 102 connecting to a network printer manually with 105 106 installing 95 naming printer on AppleTalk networks with 96 opening 96 printing a configuration page with 104 printing a list or samples of printer fonts with 99 101 print
80. 127 connecting the printer 16 23 to Ethernet network 20 422 to LocalTalk network 17 18 to power outlet 24 to single Mac OS computer 19 22 to Windows or DOS computer with a parallel cable 22 23 connection timeout checking enabling or disabling TCP IP 131 connector box 17 Control Panel Windows 3 1 opening printer Setup dialog box from 207 Windows 95 opening Properties dialog box from 234 controller specifications 345 346 copies determining number to be printed Windows 3 1 209 Windows 95 237 cover page printing automatically 177 178 covers on printer back covers removing 136 side cover removing 152 replacing 157 top cover opening 6 11 280 285 Custom Installation feature Windows 200 Custom Install feature Mac OS 131 134 35 167 169 Custom Remove feature Mac OS 35 D darkening text or images Mac OS 46 dark print 298 De Install feature Windows 200 default communication settings table of 355 default printer Mac OS 172 default printing properties changing Windows 95 234 235 default print settings saving Mac OS 176 density of print setting Mac OS 46 desktop printer icon Mac OS appears as a folder 305 appears with an X drawn through it 306 configuring the printer from 159 160 creating 171 172 determining printer status by looking at 190 getting rid of 172 memory requirements of 306 printing with 187 reappears after you drag it to the Trash 305 removing 194 turning o
81. 2 MB duplex printing option Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 20 MB print on all size paper except legal Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 24 MB print on all size paper including legal More Paper Options 21 x r Printing on both sides duplex printing None _ Flip on long edge Flip on short edge Output bin Face Down z Cancel Help Restore Defauts m Printing on both sides Lets you define how to duplex print Select None to print only on one side Select Flip on Long Edge if you want the binding orientation along the long edge of the paper such as in a book or magazine Select Flip on Short Edge if you want the binding orientation along the short edge of the paper such as in a calendar m Output bin Selects which tray to use as the output Additional printer options In addition to the Paper tab other tabs display settings for a Graphics a Device Options PostScript a Watermarks General a Details a Sharing Graphics Click the Graphics tab to display the Graphics tab dialog box which controls resolution and special printing features Appie LaserWriter 12 640 PS Properties 21 x Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks l General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Resolution z r Halftoning Use printer s settings C Use settings below Screen frequency o 0 Screen ange fis 0 r Special gt I Print as a negative image 2 T Print as
82. 3 Assigning an IP Address to the Printer earlier in this chapter a Replace raw_or_text with the word raw or the word text In the printcap entry this parameter is usually for the remote print queue name however since the LaserWriter 12 640 PS does not require a remote print queue name it uses this parameter to determine how to handle the end of line character as follows text indicates that the printer should append a carriage return to the end of each line in the document as it s printed otherwise each new line of text will start where the previous one left off creating a stairstep effect Use this for ASCII files raw indicates that the printer should not add any special control characters to the document as is appropriate for PostScript and PCL5 print jobs Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users 115 eoevce 116 eevcce Chapter 4 a Replace path_to_this_queues_spool_directory with the pathname of the unique directory created for this queue a Optionally replace path_to_this_queues_log_file with the unique pathname of the file where error information from the 1pd command will be logged Here s an example of a pair of printcap entries that allow users to print both text and other files to the same printer Example GarysLW_text LaserWriter_12_640_PS lp mx 0 rm LaserWriterFloor2 rp text aN sd usr spool lpd GarysLW_text 1f usr spool lpd printerlog GarysLW_raw LaserWrite
83. Apple LaserWriter 12 640 PS eeeeeeeeveeaoonoeneoeoeneoeoeneeaeneneaoeneaeoeneeeeeeeneee2ee ee eee eee eee Setting up connecting and using your printer Apple Computer Inc 1996 Apple Computer Inc All rights reserved Under the copyright laws this manual may not be copied in whole or in part without the written consent of Apple Your rights to the software are governed by the accompanying software license agreement The Apple logo is a trademark of Apple Computer Inc registered in the U S and other countries Use of the keyboard Apple logo Option Shift K for commercial purposes without the prior written consent of Apple may constitute trademark infringement and unfair competition in violation of federal and state laws Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate Apple is not responsible for printing or clerical errors Apple Computer Inc 1 Infinite Loop Cupertino CA 95014 2084 408 996 1010 Apple the Apple logo AppleTalk A UX EtherTalk LaserWriter LocalTalk Mac Macintosh StyleWriter and TrueType are trademarks of Apple Computer Inc registered in the U S and other countries Finder FinePrint and QuickDraw are trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Adobe Adobe Type Manager and PostScript are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated or its subsidiaries and may be registered in certain jurisdictions AIX is a registered trademark of IBM Corporation
84. Apple Printer Utility in the Apple LaserWriter Software folder You can move it wherever you like In the Printer Selector window select and open the printer you want gt Printer Selector AppleTalk Zones Apple Zone 2 Apple Zone 3 Apple Zone 4 If the network has zones click the ee zone where the printer is located Apple Zone 7 Apple Zone 8 Printers LaserWriter 12 640 PS LaserWriter 16 600 PS LaserWriter 4 600 PS LaserWriter Color 12 600 PS Printers in that zone are listed here Click the name of the printer you want Open Printer Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users eoecce 39 40 Click Open Printer The printer feature window appears with the Printer Information category displayed Tosend your _ i To verify that the printer changestothe E Caserititeraizasa0ns received the changes you printer click Send C sena set Defaulte Update info sent click this button This category tells gt Printer information you about the printer you selected You can change settings in these categories Chapter 2 To restore the original software settings click Set Defaults and then Send AppleTalk Name LaserWriter 12 640 PS Product LaserWriter 12 640 PS ROM Revision PS 1 0 1 0 1 0 PostScript Serial Number 1176177066 Total number of pages printed 14 Ethernet Address 08 00 07 44 02 8 Total RAM 4MB Interp
85. DOS and NetWare 316 CP IP Printer Configuration Utility for UNIX 318 hich functions are in which utilities 319 Contents xiii Adjusting print qualit 319 anaging fonts 320 Administering LocalTalk EtherTalk networks for Mac OS users 320 Administering NetWare networks for DOS and Windows users 320 Administering TCP IP networks for UNIX users 320 roubleshooting 321 onfiguring the communication ports 321 onfiguring options 321 Appendix B Setting Up the Printer as an ATPS Remote Printer 323 onfiguring ATPS for the first time on a NetWare 4 server 324 onfiguring ATPS for the first time on a NetWare 3 x server 325 Modifying an existing ATPS configuration on a NetWare 3 x server 32 Appendix Using Fonts With the Printer 329 PostScript fonts 331 rueType fonts 332 QuickDraw GX imaging technolog 33 ow TrueType fonts work with other kinds of fonts 334 How the Mac OS looks for fonts __336 xiv Contents Appendix D Technical Information 34 pecifications 34 nvironmental information 3 oltage requirements 3 Power consumption 35 About PostScript Printer Description PPD files 352 RAM upgrade specifications 35 N A ee zone emission 354 ommunication settings 355 Accessories 356 Contents XV xvi ecccee Communications regulation information FCC statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device in accordance wi
86. E Print in Foreground E Print Qutline Only r Angle ky 90 45 0 45 90 r Position Color Q Automatically Center Watermark lt gt Position Relative to Center ha IR De Ie Do JA moo ER a7 Help Cancel OK Text Displays the text of the selected watermark for editing a Font Lists all TrueType and ATM fonts and the 13 base PostScript fonts that either reside in the printer or can be downloaded to the printer Size Lets you specify a font size between 7 and 600 points Style Lets you specify a font style Regular Bold Italic and Bold Italic as available Print in Foreground Tells the printer to print the watermark in the foreground rather than in the background the default Choose this setting if you cannot see the watermark on the printed page m Print Outline Only Tells the printer to print only the outline of the watermark Choose this setting if the watermark is covering graphic images in the document m Angle Lets you specify the angle at which the watermark will display on the page Windows 3 1 and DOS Users 217 218 Color Lets you specify red green and blue values for the color in which the watermark is printed As an alternative Choose Color brings up a Color dialog box that lets you view and select a color for the watermark Position Automatically Center Watermark Position Relative to Center Tells the driver how to position the watermark Automatically Cen
87. Example APPLE_LW6C4B3D APPLE_LWF40B99 APPLE_LWF40B8D APPLE_LWF40BE9 Press Ins then type the PSERVER name provided on the printer s startup page and press Enter The last six digits in the PSERVER name are from the printer s Ethernet address The new name now appears in the list of available print servers IMPORTANT If multiple file servers are to be serviced by a single printer this name must be the same on each file server Assigning the operating mode Now that you ve named the printer in PCONSOLE you assign PSERVER mode to the printer by specifying the mode and the name you want to assign to the printer for notification purposes If it is not already selected select the name of the print server you specified in the previous procedure and press Enter The Print Server Information menu appears listing options for specifying the printer Printers Information and Status Users Operators Serviced NetWare Servers Description Password Audit Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 83 eoevce 84 Chapter 3 Select Printers and press Enter The Defined Printers list appears Press Ins then type a name for the printer and press Enter Choose a useful name associated with the printer s location or other identifying feature Select the printer you just named and press Enter The Printer Configuration menu for your printer appears Select Printer type and
88. IBM PC or compatible Loading Paper 261 262 Chapter 10 Place the paper in the tray so that the left side of the stack is aligned with the tray s left side Adjust the width guide so that it just touches the right edge of the stack Don t adjust the guide so tightly against the stack that it causes binding or rumpling of the paper Adjust this guide to fit the width of your paper For manual feed printing place a single sheet of paper labels or transparency film or a single envelope in the multipurpose tray The multipurpose tray holds up to 80 sheets of paper When there is no paper left in the tray the Paper Out light comes on By the way You can have the LaserWriter 12 640 PS print using a first sheet from the multipurpose tray and all following sheets from the paper cassette or vice versa For example you can place letterhead paper in the multipurpose tray and use it for printing the first page of a letter and print all following pages on plain paper from the paper cassette For more information about selecting paper trays for printing see Chapter 6 if you have a Mac OS computer or see Chapter 7 or Chapter 8 if you have a Windows computer Loading three hole punched paper in the multipurpose tray You can load a stack of three hole punched paper in the multipurpose tray for automatic printing You can also print on three hole punched paper manually by feeding one sheet at a time This illustration
89. LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer comply with Underwriters Laboratory UL safety limits Depending on the levels of concentration ozone can be a mild to severe irritant with known effects ranging from dry throat and nose headache and sore eyes to nausea vomiting and pulmonary congestion For this reason various regulatory agencies have established limits regarding the amount of ozone to which employees may be exposed The employer is responsible for providing a work environment that meets these standards You can usually identify ozone by its characteristic odor even in concentrations well below the permissible exposure limit However as the concentration of ozone or the duration of exposure increases your ability to smell it may decrease To minimize ozone exposure install the LaserWriter 12 640 PS in a well ventilated area and keep the equipment properly maintained If there are other laser printers or photocopying machines in the same area additional air circulation may be required Do not place the LaserWriter 12 640 PS in a small enclosed space that lacks adequate ventilation Position the printer so that the fan exhaust does not blow directly into an individual s face Finally maintain the relative humidity between 30 and 70 percent Extremely low humidity can slow the natural breakdown of ozone in the air Communication settings The following table shows the default communication settings For information about using the commun
90. LaserWriter Software program group and installs within it the PostScript printer driver a ReadMe file and the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows which you use to name the printer and perform various printer administrative functions Custom Installation lets you specify what portions of the software you would like to install Printer Driver Only installs only the PostScript printer driver and printer description files Click Express Installation A window appears that keeps you informed as file decompression proceeds Insert other printer disks and click OK as the program asks for them Click Next when the Installer prompts you to add a PostScript printer to your system A message appears that lets you install the setup program onto your hard disk Select Yes if desired and click Next The Setup Program Location dialog box appears 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Enter a new directory for the printer drivers or use the default directory and click Next A message appears that lets you specify how your printer is connected local or network Select how your printer is connected local or network and click Next The Install PostScript Printer from PPD dialog box appears Eject LaserWriter Disk 2 for Windows 95 and insert LaserWriter Disk 3 for Windows 95 The PostScript PPD files are located on LaserWriter Disk 3 for Windows 95 Choose a or b depending on which drive holds your insta
91. NT xn Oo oOo Use the setup program on WIN31 DISK1 on the CD or use the Windows 3 1 floppy disks to install software for Windows NT The steps to install the PostScript Printer Description PPD file for the LaserWriter 12 640 PS or other Apple printer on a Windows NT system are similar to those in the previous sections for Windows 3 1 except that you select Custom Install step 9 and click Windows NT Printer Software Make sure the other checkboxes are deselected then follow these steps Click Install Instructions for installing the Windows NT software appear Click Continue The Print Manager appears Choose Create Printer from the Print Manager s Printer menu The Create Printer dialog box appears Select Other at the bottom of the list in the Driver Combo box Enter the pathname for Disk 2 Select the printer driver that corresponds to your printer and click OK Follow the instructions on the screen If you are installing software from the Windows NT 3 5 CD you may need to type the path for your driver location The path may be similar to this C Windows system 32 spool drivers W32x86 1 If you are installing Windows NT 3 5 software from floppy disks you copy the following files to the path of your driver location PSCRIPTULDLL Disk 13 PSCRIPT DLL Disk 13 PSCRIPT HLP Disk 18 Click Continue and OK to complete the installation Windows 3 1 and DOS Users 205 206 Printing from Windows application
92. OS Apple Printer Utility Chapter 3 Windows Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows Chapter 4 UNIX TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility Though the Apple Printer Utility runs on Mac OS computers and the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows runs on Windows computers both utilities can be used to configure the printer in ways that affect all users For example both utilities can be used to set the print density for all users Step 4 Add any hardware options Chapter 5 explains how to add any of the hardware options you may have purchased for the printer including paper handling options such as the duplex printing unit 500 sheet cassette and feeder the envelope cassette and the face up output tray extra memory for printing documents that contain many fonts more quickly Step 5 Help new users get started Part II of the manual contains information for people who plan to use as opposed to administer the printer Information about the administrator s responsibilities is in Part I User s computer Mac OS Windows or DOS UNIX Where to find information Chapter 2 explains software installation and setup Chapter 6 explains how the user gets started and how to print Chapter 10 explains how to load paper Chapter 11 explains how to change the toner cartridge Chapters 12 and 13 explain how to fix problems with the printer Chapter 3 explains software installation and setup Chapter 7 explains how Windows 3 1 an
93. Open the Fonts category The Fonts panel appears LaserWriter 12 640 PS Set Defaults Update Info gt Printer Information gt Name Vv Fonts Type Location The icons in the Location AvantGarde Book PostScript column show where fonts AyvantGarde BookOblique PostScript AvantGarde Demi PostScript are stored in the printer S AvantGarde DemiOblique PostScript ROM or RAM Bookman Demi PostScript Bookman Demiltalic PostScript You cannot remove fonts Bookman Light PostScript from the printer s ROM OOF ROM 35 for RAM 0 gt Startup Page gt Print Density 2 Select the fonts you want to remove 3 Click Remove 4 Click OK Printing font samples You can print a list of the fonts currently stored in the printer s memory a Choose Print Font Samples from the Utilities menu 44 Chapter 2 ecocce Turning the startup page on or off The LaserWriter 12 640 PS normally prints a sample page when you turn the printer on This page shows the printer s name the total number of pages printed the amount of memory installed options and communication settings You can turn this feature off if you wish 1 Open the Startup Page category The Startup Page panel appears S SSS SaLasserWriter 12 6490 PS p Set Defaults Update Info gt Printer Information gt Name D gt Fonts Vv Startup Page K Print a startup page each time the printer is turned on gt Print Density gt Pap
94. PostScript Printer Description PPD files 352 853 PostScript printer driver setting up for NetWare 93 PostScript Printer Driver options changing Windows 3 1 207 208 PostScript tab dialog box Windows 3 1 210 211 Windows 95 242 1245 power connecting 24 power conservation 351 power consumption 1 26 351 power cord 5 power plug when to disconnect 3 power switch 24 25 PPD files 73 352 353 Precision Bitmap Alignment option Mac OS Page Setup dialog box 175 Preview Screen option Windows 3 1 Paper tab dialog box 209 print density setting Mac OS 46 Windows 104 Print dialog box Mac OS 175 176 304 Windows 3 1 206 Windows 95 234 printer administrators guide for 1 162 installing options 133 162 quick reference for 315 321 requirements for xx setting up the printer 1 28 for Mac OS users 29 51 for UNIX users 107 132 for Windows DOS and NetWare users 63 106 printer driver PostScript setting up for NetWare 93 Printer Driver Only installation feature Windows 200 printer driver options setting Windows 3 1 207 208 Printer folder Windows 95 opening Properties dialog box from 235 242 printer fonts See fonts printer information viewing Mac OS 41 printer memory amount required for duplex printing and PhotoGrade 180 increasing 150 158 printer ports See ports printer settings changing with Mac OS 47 49 137 58 with Windows 94 106 printer setup changing Mac OS 172 173 193 195 pr
95. Printing the Ethernet address To print the printer s Ethernet address a Choose Print Ethernet Address from the Utilities menu Sending PostScript files to the printer You can download PostScript files to the printer to print a PostScript program or to run a PostScript program to change the internal settings of the LaserWriter 12 640 PS A PostScript file can be created in a variety of text editing programs For more information on setting up the printer for use with Windows and DOS applications see Chapter 7 Choose Download PostScript File from the Utilities menu A dialog box appears Select the file you want to download Click OK The file is downloaded to the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Setting imaging options The LaserWriter Utility allows you to specify some printer imaging options including the control of FinePrint and Photograde options and the setting of screen frequency and angle FinePrint provides smoother less jagged printing of text characters You can set the printer s default setting for the FinePrint feature to on or off Users can change this setting from the print Properties dialog box To print high quality images turn off FinePrint PhotoGrade enhances the printed look of images such as scanned photographs by providing more shades of gray and better printed clarity and contrast If your LaserWriter 12 640 PS has been upgraded to a minimum of 12 MB of memory you can use PhotoGrade You can set the pri
96. R KLASSE 1 PRECAUCION RADIACION LASER INVISIBLE CUANDO SE ABRE EVITAR EXPONERSE AL RAYO APPAREIL A RAYONNEMENT VARO AVATTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA NAKYMATTOMALLE LASERS TEILYLLE L KATSO S TEESEEN DANGER invisible laser radiation when open AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM VARNING OSYNLIG LASERSTRALNING NAR DENNA DEL AR PPNAD BETRAKTA EJ STRALEN LASER DE CLASSE 1 ADVARSEL USYNLIG LASER STR LING NAR DENNE ER BEN UNDGA BESTRALING ADVARSEL USYNLIG LASERSTRALING NAR DEKSEL PNES UNNG EKSPONERING FOR STRALEN msm A TONN OABCSFARL Y KOBMENTUSET LPH ASANBUSSELT CAEL Class 1 label Service warning label Laser Information eccoee xvii How Much of This Book Do Have to Read This book contains all the information you need for the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer whether youre the printer administrator who sets it up or a user who wants to print some transparencies for a meeting xix XX Printer administrators and users Who does what Preface The LaserWriter 12 640 PS is usually set up and maintained by a printer administrator and shared by a number of users This book is organized accordingly Part I contains setup information for the printer administrator and Part II contains setup and usage information for users Depending on the type of problem troubleshooting Part HI can be handled by the administrator or by users The appendixes in Part IV contain additional information th
97. WIN95 DISK1 from the CD window to the floppy disk window Repeat steps 4 through 6 using the WIN95 DISK2 and WIN95 DISK3 directories From a Windows 3 1 computer You can create floppy disk copies of the printer software by using the standard features of Microsoft Windows 3 1 Open the File Manager Insert the CD into the CD ROM drive Insert a blank floppy disk into the a drive or b drive From the File Manager open the WIN31 DISK1 directory on the CD Select Copy from the File menu Type inthe Source fieldand a or b in the Destination field The files are copied to the floppy disk Repeat steps 3 through 6 using the WIN31 DISK2 directory Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 71 72 Chapter 3 Installing from the floppy disks Installing on a Windows 95 computer Find the Windows disks containing the printer software and make sure they re write protected Slide up the write protection tab in one corner of the floppy disk so that you can see through the hole Start Windows 95 Before installing the software make sure the Windows Control Panel and Printer folder are closed Insert LaserWriter Disk 1 for Windows 95 into a floppy disk drive Note If you are installing from disks made from the CD the floppy disk labels may be different Click the Start Icon on the Task Bar and select Run Type a setup or b setup depending on which drive holds your installation disk in the
98. When the printer software has been set up a small printer icon appears beside the printer name If your printer software has already been set up and an icon appears beside the printer name skip to step 6 To set up the software continue with step 5 Set up the printer To let the Chooser identify the type of printer and automatically set up the printer software click Create By the way Double clicking the printer name is a shortcut for clicking the name and clicking Create To manually set up the printer software press the Option key and click Create Click the name of the PostScript Printer Description file to be used with the printer and click Select A small printer icon appears beside the printer name If you want you can repeat steps 4 and 5 to create desktop printer icons for other printers Close the Chooser After you click Create the new desktop printer icon for the LaserWriter 12 640 PS appears on the desktop LaserWriter 12 640 PS Mac OS Users 171 172 Chapter 6 You can drag this icon to any position you want on your desktop or place it into a folder The last desktop printer created becomes the default printer Your documents will automatically be printed on the default printer For more information about selecting between available printers see Switching Between Printers later in this chapter If this is your only desktop printer you cart get rid of the icon by dragging it to the Tras
99. a From Windows click Control Panel a Click Printers a Click Connect The Connect dialog box opens a Click Network The NetWare Printer Connections dialog box opens a Select the queue and the port the printer is assigned to a Click Capture and click Close to close the dialog box a Highlight the queue and port combination you specified earlier and click OK a Inthe Printers control panel set the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer as the default printer and click Close Note If you don t already have your NetWare queues set up go to Initial Novell NetWare Setup in Chapter 3 when you finish installing the software For instructions on using the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows see Setting Additional Parameters with the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows in Chapter 3 To configure your printer software with NetWare see Initial Novell NetWare Setup in Chapter 3 For instructions on using Adobe Type Manager see the documentation accompanying the ATM software Windows 3 1 and DOS Users 201 202 Chapter 7 Installing from the floppy disks Find the Windows disks that contain the printer software and make sure they re write protected Slide up the write protection tab in one corner of the floppy disk so that you can see through the hole Start Windows Before installing the software make sure the Windows Control Panel and Printers control panel are closed Insert LaserWriter Disk 1 f
100. a mirror image Scaling fi 00 3 Help Restore Defaults cma m Resolution Lets you specify the printer s resolution Halftoning Lets you specify new frequency and angle values to use for halftone screens or use the printer s default values Windows 95 Users 239 eococe 240 Chapter 8 Special Lets you define special printing features Select Print as Negative Image to print a black and white reversed image Select Print as Mirror Image to flip the page image vertically a Scaling Shrinks or enlarges the print image by a percentage you specify You can scale the image from 10 percent to 400 percent Device Options Click the Device Options tab to display the Device Options dialog box which lets you configure the printer software to use optional printing features that you install on the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Use this dialog box to set up any optional features you may purchase such as additional memory or the 500 sheet cassette and feeder FinePrint provides smoother less jagged printing of text characters You can set the printers default setting for the FinePrint feature to on or off Users can change this setting from the Print Options dialog box To print high quality images turn off FinePrint PhotoGrade enhances the look of printed images such as scanned photographs by providing more shades of gray and better printed clarity and contrast If your LaserWriter has been upgrade
101. ace a page between print jobs You can select what kind of text or graphics goes on a separator page Details Click the Details tab to display the Details tab dialog box which controls the printer port The Details tab is available only when you open the printer Properties dialog box from the Printer folder Apple LaserWriter 12 640 PS Properties 21 x Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Ce Apple 12 640 PS Print to the following port Lu Printer Port x Add Port Delete Port Print using the following driver AdobePS Apple 12 640 PS 7 New Driver Capture Printer Port End Capture r Timeout settings Not selected fi 5 seconds Transmission retry 45 seconds Spool Settings Port Settings m Print to port Lets you specify the port your printer is attached or the path to the network printer youre using a Add Port Click to add a new port or to specify a new network path m Delete Port Click to delete a port from the Print to port list box a Print using driver Lets you specify the type of printer youre using a New Driver Click to update your printer driver m Capture Printer Port Click to map a port to a network drive a End Capture Click to remove a port from a network drive Timeout settings Not selected Transmission retry Not selected specifies how long Windows 95 waits for the printer to be o
102. ai i size you are using selected dimensions come IE i i To return to the Scale 100 picture click again When the selections are set the way you want click OK This picture illustrates your choice of paper and orientation and it reflects changes as you make them a Select US Letter Small or US Legal Small to prevent pagination differences when printing to different printers These paper sizes have the same physical size as US Letter and US Legal but have larger margins 3 To print using special effects choose PostScript Options from the Page Setup pop up menu If you don t want to choose print options skip to step 4 The PostScript Options dialog box appears LaserWriter 8 Page Setup _ PostScript Options v Visual Effects C Flip Horizontal O Flip Vertical O Invert Image Image amp Text Bi amp Substitute Fonts A Smooth Text A Smooth Graphics O Precision Bitmap Alignment O Unlimited Downloadable Fonts Chapter 6 a Select Flip Horizontal to flip the page image horizontally a Select Flip Vertical to flip the page image vertically Select Invert Image to print a black and white reversed image a Select Substitute Fonts to substitute the fonts Helvetica Times and Courier for the Mac OS screen fonts Geneva New York and Monaco respectively The substitution occurs even if TrueType outline fonts are available fo
103. al Monaco 56K font suitcase iret MT Extra 20K font suitcase ft MTExt 12K PostSeript font fl New York 88K font suitcase fl Palatino 296K font suitcase fl San Francisco 4K font suitcase fl Symbol T2K font suitcase fl Times 364K font suitcase TimesBol 36K PostSeript font IMPORTANT Fonts installed in other folders or in the top level of the System Folder may not work correctly Additionally bitmapped and TrueType fonts stored outside of suitcases may not work correctly Using Fonts With the Printer 337 eoevce 338 ecocce Appendix C Suitcases A font suitcase is a special folder for collections of fonts Courier Suitcases provide a convenient way to organize fonts in the same font family For example it s a good idea to use a single suitcase called Courier for all fonts in the Courier font family all Courier roman fonts as well as fonts with names like Courier Bold and Courier Oblique Note PostScript fonts won t go into suitcases you can however organize TrueType fonts in suitcases EE 99 8 MB available 2S Courier 23 items 142 1 MB in disk A Bl Courier BoldOblique 18 12K font Al EBI Courier BoldOblique 24 15K font Courier 59K font A Courier 9 SK font A Courier bold 56K fant A Courier 10 SK font A Courier 12 6K font A Courier 14 6K font A Courier 18 7K font Al courier 24 10K fo
104. am group when the printer software is installed Use it to set optional printer parameters that you want to use for all documents IMPORTANT Be sure the printer you want to configure is selected as the default printer prior to opening the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows To change printer settings for a specific document without changing the printer s basic default settings use the Print and Print Setup dialog boxes Network users should use the Print and Print Setup dialog boxes to choose the individual settings for their documents Use the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows to name the printer a turn printing of a startup page on and off set paper handling options print a list of printer fonts configure the printers communication port settings a configure the printer for NetWare and TCP IP a send PostScript files to the printer turn the printers FinePrint feature on or off a turn the printers PhotoGrade feature on or off print a configuration page m set the print density to lighten or darken printing m restart the printer print page count print Ethernet address IMPORTANT When you use the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows to set a parameter the setting is stored in the printer and will be used by all Mac OS Windows and UNIX computers on the network Installing the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows The Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows is automatically installed when you do an Ex
105. an also configure some options in the Chooser by clicking the Setup button Administrator Tools Quick Reference 321 Appendix B Setting Up the Printer as an ATPS Remote Printer Setting up your LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer as a remote ATPS AppleTalk Print Spooler printer on a NetWare network requires minimal configuration most of the network printing capability is built into every Mac OS computer With the proper software and physical connections a Mac OS computer on a NetWare network can print to a NetWare managed printing queue that can be selected from the Mac OS Chooser IMPORTANT ATPS is a part of Novell s NetWare for Macintosh NetWare Loadable Module NLM which must be loaded and configured on your NetWare server The configurations described in this appendix can be performed only after the Mac OS NLM has been installed 323 324 Configuring ATPS for the first time on a NetWare 4 server Appendix B 10 11 If you are setting up the printer for access by Mac OS computers on a NetWare 4 network and this is the first time you are configuring ATPS follow these instructions You can configure ATPS from the server console or by running RCONSOLE remote console from a client computer At the console prompt type load install The Install utility starts and a list of Installation Options appears Choose the Maintenance Selective Install option and press Enter An additional list of product options appears Sel
106. an existing ATPS configuration on a NetWare 3 x server The procedure for modifying an existing ATPS configuration is similar to the procedure for creating a new configuration The primary difference is that you are modifying an existing AUTOEXEC NCF file instead of creating a new one At the console prompt type load install The Install utility starts and a list of Installation Options appears Select Product Options from the list and press Enter A list of product options appears If the NLM is installed and operating properly a NW MAC option will be available Select the NW MAC option and press Enter A list of configuration files appears From the list select the file SYS SYSTEM ATPS CFG and press Enter A prompt appears asking if you want to create a new file Setting up the Printer as an ATPS Remote Printer 327 328 Appendix B 10 11 Type y and press Enter An empty window appears providing an area for entering configuration information Enter a line of configuration information for each LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer Enclose the printer name and zone name in quotation marks Example Sales Printer Ethernet Zone This example identifies the printer Sales Printer located in the zone Ethernet Zone You can include a h option at the end of the line to instruct ATPS to make the printer unavailable for direct Mac OS printing this makes the printer accessible only through ATPS q
107. and instructs the NetWare server to load the ATPS service automatically at startup time Press Esc until the Install utility quits At the service console prompt type load atps and press Enter The service is loaded and immediately becomes available to network users A message appears confirming the load and the console returns to the command line prompt Configuring ATPS for the first time on a NetWare 3 x server If you are setting up the printer for access by Mac OS computers on a NetWare 3 x network and this is the first time you are configuring ATPS follow these instructions You can configure ATPS from the server console or by running RCONSOLE remote console from a client computer At the console prompt type load install The Install utility starts and a list of Installation Options appears Setting up the Printer as an ATPS Remote Printer 325 326 Appendix B Select Product Options from the list and press Enter A list of product options appears If the Mac OS NLM is installed and operating properly a NW MAC option will be available Select the NW MAC option and press Enter A list of configuration files appears From the list select the file SYS SYSTEM ATPS CFG and press Enter A prompt appears asking if you want to create a new file Type y and press Enter An empty window appears providing an area in which to enter configuration information Enter a line of configuration information for each Las
108. and is being used under license The Energy Star emblem is a trademark of the U S Environmental Protection Agency Helvetica Palatino and Times are registered trademarks of Linotype Hell AG and or its subsidiaries ITC Avant Garde ITC Bookman ITC Zapf Chancery and ITC Zapf Dingbats are registered trademarks of International Typeface Corporation UNIX is a registered trademark of Novell Inc in the U S and other countries licensed exclusively through X Open Company Ltd Simultaneously published in the United States and Canada Mention of third party products is for informational purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement nor a recommendation Apple assumes no responsibility with regard to the performance or use of these products Proprietary Rights Notice The digitally encoded machine readable outline data for producgint the typefaces provided as part of your printer is copyrighted 1981 Linotype All rights reserved This data is the property of Linotype and may not be reproduced used displayed modified disclosed or transferred without the express written approval of Linotype Content Overview Preface Part 1 a A Ww N Part Il 10 11 How Much of This Book Do Have to Read xix Guide for Printer Administrators Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 1 Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users 29 Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 63 Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Use
109. are For instructions on using the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows see Setting Additional Parameters With the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows in Chapter 3 To configure your printer software with NetWare see Initial Novell NetWare Setup in Chapter 3 For instructions on using Adobe Type Manager see the documentation accompanying the ATM software Setting up for NetWare based printing Chapter 8 Please see Chapter 3 of this manual beginning with the section Initial Novell NetWare Setup Printing On a PC printing functions are controlled through the Page Setup and Print dialog boxes which are accessed through the File menu Most Windows application programs use a version of the standard Page Setup and Print dialog boxes although the exact options presented vary among programs See the manuals that came with your program for details about specific options The printer administrator can change default settings the printer uses for all documents with the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows For more information about the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows see Chapter 3 Selecting page setup options The Windows Page Setup dialog box allows you to specify certain aspects of your document such as its page size format orientation as well as the settings for several print effects You can change these settings for every document you create It s recommended that you set your page setup o
110. are for turning off or removing 193 197 determining printer status by looking at its icon 190 fonts and 329 343 getting Mac OS users started using the printer 58 365 Index eccoce 366 eccoce guide for printer administrators 29 61 guide for users 165 195 installing printer software for 166 169 from CD ROM disc 166 167 from floppy disks 168 169 from server 60 onto server 59 printing from 173 195 background printing 183 184 191 canceling print request 191 changing manual feed alerts 193 changing printer setup 193 duplex printing 181 182 errors reporting 185 186 getting information about the printer 192 indicating urgency of print request 192 monitoring printing 191 193 moving print request from one printer to another 192 page setup options 173 4175 postponing print request 192 Print dialog box options 175 177 printing a cover page automatically 177 178 printing grayscale documents 178 179 printing to a file 182 183 printing with a desktop printer 187 printing with FinePrint or PhotoGrade 179 180 putting print request on hold 192 selecting the output tray 184 185 switching between printers 188 189 selecting and setting up the printer for use with 170 173 setting up the printer for 29 51 configuring the printer 37 getting Mac OS users started using the printer 58 61 initial AppleTalk setup 30 37 making sure everything is working 36 system requirements 30 using the Mac OS 37 58
111. at administrators and users might need Hint It s a good idea to keep this book near the printer so that everyone has access to it when they need it What the printer administrator should know The printer administrator sets up the hardware installs any options installs the printer on the network and helps new users get started To accomplish these tasks printer administrators must a be familiar with their network connections and topology a have access to and knowledge of the special tools required by their networks m for the AppleTalk network no special tools required a for the Novell NetWare network administrative privileges and familiarity with programs like PCONSOLE for TCP IP networks with UNIX workstations superuser privileges and knowledge of their UNIX system s printing architecture Getting new users started In almost every case regardless of the operating system the printer administrator is responsible for initial setup of the hardware and the network There is a great variety however in how different groups get new users started Here are the assumptions this book makes a Macintosh operating system Mac OS and Windows users install their own printer software a UNIX users have their workstations prepared for printing by the printer administrator Which chapters should read The sections that follow explain which chapters you should read in various circumstances We just got the prin
112. at printer the default printer Mac OS Users 189 Working with desktop printer icons To create a desktop printer select the printer using the Chooser After you click Create the icon will appear on your desktop See Select a New Printer Using the Chooser under Switching Between Printers the previous section in this chapter You may also do the following with desktop printer icons m Throw away the icon Drag the icon to the Trash You can t throw away a desktop printer icon while the printer is printing a document You can create another desktop printer icon for that printer whenever you like Note You must always have at least one printer icon on your desktop If you throw away the last icon it will immediately be created again ma Rename the icon Rename the icon as you would any other Finder icon Click the name to highlight it then type the new name This changes the name of the icon not the name of the printer ma Move theicon You may drag the icon anywhere you like The icon can remain on the desktop or be placed in a folder m Create an alias for the icon You may create an alias for the icon as you would any Finder icon by selecting the icon and choosing the Make Alias command from the File menu The alias may be moved anywhere on or off the desktop Determining the status of a printer by looking at its icon You can tell the status of a printer by looking at its desktop icon Plain icon indicates a
113. ave a CD ROM drive You ll need nine blank floppy disks To create installation disks follow these steps Insert the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Software Installation CD ROM disc into the CD ROM drive The disc s icon appears on the desktop Note Some systems require you to place the disc into a caddy before inserting it into the CD ROM drive Double click the disc icon to open the disc if necessary Double click the MACINTOSH folder if necessary Copy the DISKS folder to your hard disk Double click the DISKS folder Double click the Floppy Disk Maker application Click Full A dialog box appears that gives you some information such as the approximate time it will take to copy the images to floppy disks Click Start to start the copy process Follow the instructions on the screen until all disk images have been copied Installing from the floppy disks To install the printer software on a Mac OS computer follow these steps Quit any programs you are running Turn off any automatic virus detection programs you have on your computer If you don t problems may occur during the installation After installation is complete you can turn the virus detection programs back on Make sure the disks are locked Insert LaserWriter Disk 1 for Mac OS into a disk drive The disk s icon appears on the desktop Note If you are installing from floppy disks made from the CD ROM disc the floppy disk label may be different Double
114. bitmapped font in that size if one exists 2 a scaled TrueType font if no bitmapped font exists 3 an Adobe Type Manager ATM version of a PostScript font if ATM is installed and if no TrueType version exists 4 ascaled bitmap if no ATM font exists Here s the search order it uses to determine which font to print on your LaserWriter 12 640 PS or any PostScript printer 1 the printers ROM 2 the printers RAM 3 the System Folder where it looks first for a PostScript version of the font then TrueType and finally a bitmap version Where fonts are stored All fonts for your LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer reside in special places within the System Folder To install fonts in System 7 you drag them to the System Folder The Mac OS will automatically put them where they belong For versions 7 1 and 7 5 of the Mac OS all the fonts are installed in the Fonts folder within the System Folder The Fonts folder can contain a total of 128 font suitcases described in the next section plus any number of PostScript fonts up to the available storage capacity of your hard disk SJ SSS Fonts Fi Name Size Kind Eal F HelveNarObl 36K PostSeript font a Helvetica 4K font suitcase HyperCharacters briap 12K font suitcase 6 London 4K font suitcase fl Los Angeles 12K font suitcase fl MerrionSquare bmap 8K font suitcase amp MerriSqu 24K PostSeript font A Motie 12K font suitcase f
115. box appears Mac OS Users 183 eoccce 184 Chapter 6 2 3 Choose Background Printing from the Settings pop up menu The Background Printing dialog box appears Make the selections you want Printer LaserWriter 12 640 PS vj Destination _ Printer v _ Background Printing vj Print in Foreground no spool file Background Print Time Urgent Normal Print at 3 34PM 3 25 96 Put Document on Hold Save Settings When the selections are as you want choose another setting from the Settings pop up menu or click Print Selecting the output tray You can specify where the printed pages exit the printer Use face up output to reduce curl and wrinkles This is useful for envelopes transparencies labels and other heavy stock paper You can use face up output with or without the optional face up output tray However the face up output tray stacks the papers neatly in a tray instead of on the surface where the printer is located Note You cannot direct the output to face up when duplex printing You cannot direct U S legal size paper to the face up output Choose Print from the File menu The Print dialog box appears Choose Printer Options from the Settings pop up menu The Printer Options dialog box appears 3 Choose an option Printer LaserWriter 12 640 PS Destination Printer Options v Output To Face Down Tray Face Up Tray S
116. came with the program or telephone the manufacturer of the program Log on to the server from the computer where you want to install the software Open the folder that contains the printer software Double click the Installer icon A dialog box opens to describe the installation Click the Continue button to close the dialog box 6 Click the Install button The Installer takes a few moments to calculate what needs to be done and then begins to copy files 7 Follow the instructions on the screen until the installation is complete After the installation the Installer tells you to restart your computer 8 Click the Restart button The software is now installed and the printer is ready for use If you turned off any automatic virus detection programs on your computer turn them back on now After installing the printer software you need to set it up to use the printer See Selecting and Setting Up the Printer in Chapter 6 What to do next The printer is now set up on your AppleTalk network The table below can help you decide which chapter to go to next If you want to See Set up the printer for Windows DOS or NetWare users Chapter 3 Set up the printer for UNIX users Chapter 4 Install options Chapter 5 Print from a Mac OS computer Chapter 6 Print from a Windows 3 1 or DOS computer Chapter 7 Print from a Windows 95 computer Chapter 8 Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users eoeece Setting Up the Printer f
117. ces in printed output If you want to You need this much printer memory Turn on PhotoGrade or use the 12 MB duplex printing option Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 20 MB print on all size paper except legal Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 24 MB print on all size paper including legal Choose Print from the File menu The Print dialog box appears Choose Imaging Options from the Settings pop up menu The Imaging Options dialog box appears Make the selection you want Printer LaserWriter 12 640 PS vj Destination Imaging Options v FinePrint On Off PhotoGrade On or Save Settings When the selections are what you want choose another setting from the Settings pop up menu or click Print Printing on both sides of the paper With the optional duplex printing unit you can print on both sides of the paper often called duplex printing or two sided printing You can only duplex print from the paper cassettes If you want to You need this much printer memory Turn on PhotoGrade or use the 12 MB duplex printing option Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 20 MB print on all size paper except legal Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 24 MB print on all size paper including legal Note You cannot duplex print from the multipurpose tray You cannot print to the face up output tray when duplex printing Choose Print from the File menu The Print dialog box appears Choose Layout from
118. click the disk icon to open the disk if necessary Read the Before You Install file to check for late breaking news Double click the Installer icon to start the Installer program Installer After a moment a Welcome dialog box appears Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users 33 34 Chapter 2 10 11 Click Continue After a moment the Install dialog box appears At the top of the dialog box is a pop up menu set to allow you to perform an Easy Install Easy Install installs all the software you need It installs the LaserWriter 8 software the Desktop PrintMonitor the Apple Printer Utility and the Control Strip module if the Control Strip is installed Custom Install lets you specify what portions of the software you would like to install IMPORTANT The Installer checks to make sure you have what you need to use the printer software If youre missing anything a message tells you what you need You wont be able to install the software until you correct the problem If a dialog box says you don t have the correct system software you can purchase a new version from an Apple authorized dealer Click the Install button The Installer takes a few moments to calculate what needs to be done and then begins to copy files Follow the instructions on the screen until the installation is complete After the installation the Installer tells you to restart your computer Click the Restart button The software is now in
119. cy is 6 000 pages when printing text documents with average page coverage 5 black An example of a 5 black page coverage is a page consisting of double spaced 14 point courier type Printing images and other graphics may impact toner cartridge life expectancy Printing materials 16 to 28 pound laser quality bond 60 to 90 g m up to 50 pound 190 g m stock when fed manually through the multipurpose tray and exited through the face up output tray Accepts most textured and colored stock Accepts medium weight photocopier transparencies and labels Envelopes can be printed from the multipurpose tray or from the optional envelope feeder The paper used should not scorch melt transfer material or release hazardous emissions when heated to 200 C 393 F for 0 1 seconds Paper sizes and capacity Supports U S letter A4 B5 executive and legal in the standard paper cassette The paper cassette holds 250 sheets of 20 pound 75 g m paper The multipurpose tray can hold up to 80 sheets of standard U S letter paper and other paper sizes from postcard up to U S legal An optional 500 sheet cassette is available that supports letter A4 and U S legal paper sizes An envelope feeder that can automatically feed up to 50 envelopes is also available Paper Type Size U S Letter 8 1 2 x 11 215 9 mm x 279 4 mm U S Letter Small 8 1 2 x 11 215 9 mm x 279 4 mm U S Legal 8 1 2 x 14 215 9 mm x 355 6 mm U S Legal Smal
120. d Printers control panel are closed Insert the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Software Installation CD ROM disc into the CD ROM drive Using the File Manager open the directory on the CD called Win31 Disk1 Double click the setup exe file After a few moments a message appears warning you to close all other applications before continuing with this installation Click Continue if you have no other open applications If you have open applications click Exit to stop this installation Close all other applications and start the installation process again A message appears that lets you view the README WRI file for late breaking news Click Yes to view the README WRI file 10 11 12 When you have finished reading the README WRI file choose Exit from the File menu in the Notepad application A Welcome dialog box is displayed that allows you to select Express Installation Custom Installation Print Driver Only or De Install Express Installation installs all the software you need It creates the Apple LaserWriter Software program group and installs within it the ReadMe file and the Apple LaserWriter Utility which you use to name the printer and perform various printer administrative functions Print Driver Only installs the minimum software needed for printing only It does not install the Apple LaserWriter Utility Custom Installation lets you specify what portions of the software you would like to install You can install one
121. d DOS users get started and how to print Chapter 8 explains how Windows 95 users get started and how to print Chapter 10 explains how to load paper Chapter 11 explains how to change the toner cartridge Chapters 12 and 13 explain how to fix problems with the printer Chapter 4 explains setting up for UNIX systems Chapter 9 explains how the user gets started and how to print Chapter 10 explains how to load paper Chapter 11 explains how to change the toner cartridge Chapters 12 and 13 explain how to fix problems with the printer How Much of This Book Do Have to Read xxiii eccooo xxiv Preface The printer s already set up How do configure it See Step 3 Configure the Printer earlier in this preface Someone new wants to start using the printer See Step 5 Help New Users Get Started earlier in this preface Something s not working right For paper and image problems see Chapter 12 For other problems see Chapter 13 How do install and use Adobe Type Manager ATM For instructions on installing and using ATM see the documentation that accompanies the ATM software Guide for Printer Administrators Chapter 1 Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Chapter 2 Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users Chapter 3 Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users Chapter 4 Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users Chapter 5 Installing Options Part of
122. d to a minimum of 12 MB of memory you can use PhotoGrade You can set the printer s default to have PhotoGrade turned on and off If you want to You need this much printer memory Turn on PhotoGrade or use the 12 MB duplex printing option Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 20 MB print on all size paper except legal Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 24 MB print on all size paper including legal When the LaserWriter 12 640 PS runs out of paper in one tray it can automatically switch and use paper in another paper cassette or the multipurpose tray By using automatic tray switching between the 250 sheet paper cassette and the 80 sheet multipurpose tray you can print 330 sheets without reloading paper If you have the optional 500 sheet cassette and feeder and it contains the same size paper automatic tray switching includes it as a paper source Combining all three paper sources lets you print up to 830 sheets without reloading paper Apple LaserWriter 12 640 PS Properties 21x General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks Available printer memory in KB fg a r Printer features FinePrint TM Off Tray Switch Off Change setting for PhotoGrade TM Off x r Installable options Not Installed Not Installed Memory Configuration Standard 4 Mb Change setting for Cassette Optional Not Installed z Help Restore Defaults a A
123. ding fonts manually to RAM lt 219 Contents xi o to a PostScript file 221 z z sing the driver to print to a PostScript file 22 DOS notes 224 sing the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows 224 8 Windows 95 Users 225 stem requirements 22 fore you begin 22 etting up for parallel port printing 226 vs oO oN n Q nstalling the printer software for Windows 95 22 nstalling from the CD ROM disc 226 nstalling from the floppy disks 229 etting up for NetWare based printing 23 Printing 23 electing page setup options 233 etting printing properties 234 Printing documents 23 Additional printer options 23 sing the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows 2 NIX Users 253 Printing from a UNIX workstation to the printer 254 10 Loading Paper _ 255 illing the optional envelope cassette 271 O N 9 a i illing with postcards 27 illing the optional 500 sheet cassette 274 Contents 11 aintenance 277 afety first 278 Precautions during maintenance 279 Regular maintenance 279 Replacing the toner cartridge 279 leaning the exterior 286 Part Ill Troubleshooting 12 Fixing Paper and Image Problems 289 the optional dupl 295 Avoiding paper and envelope jams and wrinkling Problems with printed documents 297 13 Fixing Other Problems 301 Part IV Appendixes Appendix A Administrator Tools Quick Reference _ 315 Apple Printer Utility for Mac OS 315 tilities for Windows
124. disks creating Mac OS 32 485 installing Mac OS printer software from 168 4169 installing Windows 3 1 printer software from 74 7 installing Windows 95 printer software from 72 74 write protecting 72 folders Apple LaserWriter Software folder 32 167 Fonts folder in Mac OS System Folder 337 fonts 1 329 843 See also Fonts tab dialog box Apple classic Mac OS 342 bitmapped Mac OS 329 330 334 336 341 common questions about 341 343 downloadable unlimited amount of Mac OS 175 downloading Mac OS 43 Windows 3 1 215 218 221 kinds of 329 PCL 347 PostScript Mac OS 331 336 341 Windows 95247 248 printing samples of Mac OS 44 Windows 99 191 QuickDraw Mac OS 333 removing Mac OS 43 44 scalable Mac OS 1332 specifications of 347 storing in System Folder Mac OS 337 339 styled Mac OS 340 substituting Mac OS 175 342 343 Windows 95 247 suitcases for Mac OS 338 339 telling the printer not to download Windows 3 1 215 TrueType Mac OS 329 330 332 335 341 Windows 95247 248 Type 1 installing 106 Fonts folder Mac OS 1337 Fonts menu Mac OS 341 Fonts tab dialog box Windows 3 1 212 213 Windows 95 247 248 font substitution Mac OS 343 Windows 3 1 1213 font symbol set specifying Windows 104 frame type used by NetWare 78 86 G gateway address default 131 General tab dialog box Windows 95 248 ghost images on printed page 300 graphics problems printing NetWare 309 smoo
125. dministration programs such as PCONSOLE Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows For the most part Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows has the same functions as the Apple Printer Utility for Mac OS computers However it doesn t have any of the hard disk or font preparation functions because these features are part of the Windows printer driver interface When you use the LaserWriter Utility for Windows to set a parameter the parameter is stored on the printer itself and affects all printed documents whether they originate on Mac OS Windows or UNIX computers The Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows is described in Chapter 3 316 Appendix A You can use the utility to perform the following functions download PostScript files print the configuration page restart the printer name the printer print the product version numbers print how many pages the printer has printed turn the startup page on or off set the print density turn the FinePrint default on or off The users can override the default turn the PhotoGrade default on or off The users can override the default set the halftone screen frequency and angle turn automatic tray switching on or off set the default sheet size for the multipurpose tray and envelope cassette set the AppleTalk zone set LocalTalk and EtherTalk communication settings set the IP address for the printer if its on a TCP IP network configure the parallel port specify the font symbol se
126. dren access to the interior of any electrical product and do not permit them to handle any cables Unpacking the printer IMPORTANT The printer weighs approximately 30 pounds approximately 14 kilograms 1 Remove the Styrofoam packing material located on either side of the printer 2 __Lift the printer out of the box and remove the printer from the plastic bag 3 Make sure you have everything shown here CD ROM disc Some printers come GB ee Toner cartridge Power cord with floppy disks instead Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Chapter 1 4 5 6 You also need to obtain whatever cables your networks require Parallel interface cable LocalTalk connecting kit Ethernet transceivers and cables Cc Pull the packing tape from the printer s top cover Pull open the printer s top cover Lift this latch to open the top cover Remove the plastic foam block from inside the printer Save all the packing materials They provide the best protection for the printer if you ever need to move it Remove the packing material Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 8 Installing the first toner cartridge Chapter 1 2 The toner cartridge contains the dry plastic powder that the printer uses instead of ink The first time you install a toner cartridge follow the steps given here After that each time you install a cartridge follow the instructions in Cha
127. e Lsien S sdCSY r Orientation Scaling lo lt Rotated Landscape Copies E r Special Effects Watermarks A Adobe pag p E First rage wnmy VV Pint Rage Border Help Cancel OK Output Format Selects either PostScript or Encapsulated PostScript Use PostScript for normal printing Use Encapsulated PostScript to create a file that can be placed in a document of a program that accepts encapsulated PostScript images m Paper Source Selects which paper cassette or multipurpose tray to use as the paper source m Paper Size Specifies the paper size Select the size that matches the paper in the current paper source a Orientation Selects the orientation of the printed page You can select Portrait tall Landscape wide or Rotated Landscape which prints text and images in landscape orientation but reverses the top and bottom of the page most useful when youre printing with three hole punched paper Scaling Shrinks or enlarges the print image by a percentage you specify You can scale the image from 10 percent to 400 percent a Copies Specifies the number of copies of each document page to print m Watermarks Specifies which watermark to use a Layout Specifies the number of pages to print on each sheet of paper m Preview Screen Shows changes you make in the driver settings Windows 3 1 and DOS Users 209 eocvce 210 Chapter 7 Additional printer options In addition to t
128. e LaserWriter Disk 1 icon onto the icon of the folder macintosh Server Ez 36 1 MB in disk 5 1 MB Laser riter Disk 1 ola IMPORTANT You must drag the disk icon rather than copy the contents of the disk directly Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users 59 60 Chapter 2 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for each printer disk Open the folder you created in step 1 The contents of each disk are contained in a folder named for that disk Open the LaserWriter Disk 1 folder Select the Installer and Installer Script icons and drag the icons from the LaserWriter Disk 1 folder to the folder you created in step 1 The Installer and the Installer Script need to be in the same window as the folders for the disks you copied IMPORTANT Be sure to tell the users in your group where to find the software and the name of the folder to look for on the server Installing the printer software from the server After you ve copied the software to the server as described earlier in Preparing a Server Using the CD ROM Disc users can install the software on their own computers by following these steps Turn off any automatic virus detection programs on your computer before installing the software If you don t problems may occur during the installation After installation is complete you can turn the virus detection programs back on For instructions on turning off each virus detection program see the manual that
129. e Properties dialog box A message appears telling you that the driver software was successfully installed Click Add Another to install another Apple LaserWriter printer Repeat for each printer you want to install You can install other Apple LaserWriter printers supported by the software When you re done click Exit Installation is complete Choose how to proceed For most users connected via the parallel cable the default printer driver settings should suffice If your computer is connected to the printer over a NetWare network follow these steps a Double click the Network Neighborhood icon a In the dialog box that appears double click the server where the printer queue you want to use is located a Double click the printer icon representing the printer queue you want to use a Follow the instructions on the screen for setting up the printer Note If you don t already have your NetWare queues set up go to Initial Novell NetWare Setup in Chapter 3 when you finish installing the software For instructions on using the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows see Setting Additional Parameters With the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows in Chapter 3 To configure your printer software with NetWare see Initial Novell NetWare Setup in Chapter 3 For instructions on using Adobe Type Manager see the documentation accompanying the ATM software Installing from the floppy disks Find the Window
130. e authorized dealer Configuring your printer software for new options After installing more memory or paper options the administrator or the user needs to update the printer software on each computer connected to the network You can reconfigure the printer software using the Chooser on Mac OS computers or the Windows Setup dialog box on Windows computers Configuring the printer from a Mac OS computer From the desktop printer icon 1 Select the desktop printer icon for the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer 2 Choose Change Setup from the Printing menu The LaserWriter Setup dialog box appears LaserWriter setup for os LaserWriter 12 640 PS pPostScript Printer Description PPD File LaserWriter 12 640 PS tallable Options Memory Configuration Upgrade to 20Mb Cassette Optional Installed Duplexer Installed Change Memory Configuration w f To Upgrade to 20Mb v Cne C Installing Options 159 160 Chapter 5 Click Auto Setup Click OK From the Chooser If no desktop printer icon exists for the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer you must configure your printer using the Chooser Choose the Chooser from the Apple menu The Chooser dialog box appears Click the LaserWriter 8 icon Click a zone name to select the zone of the LaserWriter 12 640 PS if your network has zones If you network doesn t have zones skip to step 4 Double click the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer name Th
131. e folder on your hard disk This folder contains the Apple Printer Utility and Read Me files Mac OS Users 169 170 Selecting and setting up the printer Chapter 6 Before you use your printer for the first time you must use the Chooser to select the LaserWriter 12 640 PS and set up the printer software Once you select the printer in the Chooser you won t need to repeat this step unless you change printers or change the way your printer is connected Choose the Chooser from the Apple menu The Chooser window appears Click the LaserWriter 8 icon in the left half of the Chooser If you don t see the LaserWriter 8 icon scroll through the window Click the name of the network zone in which your printer is located if your printer is connected to a network with zones The name of your LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer appears in the right half of the Chooser along with the names of any other available LaserWriter printers Your Chooser may not look exactly like the illustration Chooser i Select a PostScript Printer Laserwriter 12 640 PS AppleShare Color SW Pro LaserWriter 300 E S AppleTalk Zones Apple Zone 1 Apple Zone 2 Apple Zone 3 Active Inactive Click the name of your LaserWriter 12 640 PS You ve now selected the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer for printing If this is the first time you re using the printer you must set up the printer software
132. e guide tilt it toward the front of the envelope cassette and insert the two tabs located on the front of the guide into the slots Roll the guide until its back is against the envelope tray and locks into place Rotate and lift the postcard attachment Insert the postcard attachment here Push down genily on the envelope tray until it rests against the bottom of the cassette and locks into place Lift the back of the envelope cassette and move the length guide until it matches your postcard s length Make sure the tab fits into the marked slots Pinch the color tab located on the right side of the envelope cassette against the post and move the envelope width to its maximum setting Insert the postcards into the envelope tray The side of the postcard to be printed should be face down with the top of the postcard to the right Adjust the width guide so that it fits snugly against the postcard but not so tightly that it might cause binding To avoid jams always set the length and width guides to the correct positions for your particular postcard Insert the envelope cassette into the 500 sheet feeder Note To avoid curled postcards direct the output to the face up output tray Loading Paper 273 eoevce Filling the optional 500 sheet cassette 1 Slide the cassette out of the 500 sheet cassette and feeder 2 Set the length guide located on the back of the cassette to the position that corresponds to your paper
133. e level C Use PostScript Level 1 features Use PostScript Level 2 features No bitmap compression r Data format ASCII dat S Pie Send Mode Binary communications protocol Tagged binan communications protocol Pure binary data I Send CTRL D before job IV Send CTRL D after job T Display alert for applications incompatible with driver features Cancel Help Restore Defaults m PostScript language level Lets you specify which level of PostScript language to use m Bitmap compression Lets you specify whether to compress graphics before sending your document to the printer If youre using PostScript language level click No Bitmap Compression a ASCil data Sends all data in Adobe Communication Protocol ASCII data format allows the file to print on any printer Binary communications protocol Sends all data except special control characters in binary 8 bit format Tagged binary communications protocol Sends all data except special characters in binary 8 bit format over serial or parallel ports Pure binary data Sends all data in pure binary format This option works only on AppleTalk or Ethernet networks Send CTRL D before job Sends CTRL D to the printer before a print job to reset the printer Send CTRL D after job Sends CTRL D to the printer after a print job to notify the printer the current job is finished and to reset the printer a Display alert for applications
134. e printer on 78 94 Ethernet frame type used by 78 186 initial setup for 78 94 installing printer software for Windows 3 1 204 Windows 95 228 229 setting up the PostScript printer driver for 93 setting up the printer as an ATPS remote printer on 323 328 troubleshooting 308 309 NetWare interface setting or turning off Mac OS 56 Windows 100 NetWare Printer Console utility See PCONSOLE NetWare 3 x server configuring ATPS for the first time on 325 327 modifying an existing ATPS configuration 327 828 NetWare 4 server configuring ATPS for the first time on 324 325 network client software 63 225 network printer connecting to manually Windows 105 106 network protocols 16 20 networks See AppleTalk Ethernet EtherTalk LocalTalk NetWare TCP IP network settings communication switch settings and 51 network zones 39 AppleTalk active inactive 35 170 EtherTalk setting Mac OS 36 52 Normal in communication switch setting 27 355 Novell NetWare See NetWare O on off switch 24 25 operating environment for the printer 350 options See also specific option configuring printer software for Mac OS 159 161 Windows 3 1 161 162 Windows 95 162 240 installing 133 162 part numbers for 356 orientation of printed page choosing Mac OS 174 Windows 3 1 209 Windows 95 236 out of memory message Mac OS 303 output format selecting Windows 3 1 209 Windows 95 243 Index 367 eccoce 368
135. e printer software automatically checks the printer s options and selects the correct settings Close the Chooser Designating the 500 sheet cassette and feeder as the preferred paper source After installing a 500 sheet feeder you can specify that the printer use the 500 sheet feeder as the preferred paper source When you choose Auto Select as the paper source in the Mac OS Print dialog box the printer will draw paper from the 500 sheet feeder if it holds the appropriate size paper To designate the 500 sheet feeder as the preferred source you must manually configure the printer software Select the desktop printer icon for the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer 2 Choose Change Setup from the Printing menu The LaserWriter Setup dialog box appears LaserWriter setup for coo LaserWriter 12 640 PS p PostScript Printer Description PPD File LaserWriter 12 640 PS stallable Options Memory Configuration Upgrade to 20Mb Cassette Optional Installed Duplexer Installed hange Memory Configuration vj To Upgrade to 20Mb w Cne HK Click Auto Setup Select Cassette Optional from the Change pop up menu Select Installed and Preferred from the To pop up menu Click OK Configuring the printer from a Windows 3 1 computer From the Program Manager double click the Print Manager icon to display the Print Manager Select the LaserWriter12 640 PS printer from the list of
136. e scaled to any size Many companies make PostScript fonts the following illustration shows icons for Adobe Bitstream and Fontek PostScript fonts plus a generic PostScript font icon ma amp ld amp Using Fonts With the Printer 331 332 Appendix C TrueType fonts A TrueType font is scalable describing a typeface without rigidly specifying a size So it looks good whatever size you choose TrueType fonts provide sharp text at any size on screen or on paper You can mix and match TrueType fonts from various font vendors Courier TrueType fonts store individual text characters as mathematical descriptions of lines and curves rather than as groups of pixels a bitmap When a program asks for a character in a particular size such as 33 points the Mac OS uses mathematical calculations to enlarge the character s outline to 33 points and fill in the dots for the monitor or printer output Sometimes you ll still get jagged edges when you print a document even when you use a TrueType font In nearly all cases this is because there isn t enough memory available to scale the font properly for printing Because you don t need a separate font for each character size in order for your printing to look good as you do with bitmapped fonts TrueType font names don t have numbers in them How does a font look To see a TrueType or bitmapped font on your screen double click the font s icon to open it A sample of that f
137. e server the queue associated with the print server and the queue s priority number Press Esc until PCONSOLE prompts you to press Enter to quit then press Enter You must now reload the PSERVER software if it previously existed from the file server console so that the updated configuration is available to the network If no PSERVER software was previously loaded skip to step 9 At the server prompt type unload pserver print_server and press Enter Note If there is no PSERVER software currently loaded you don t need to unload it Example unload pserver PS_486 Now that the PSERVER software is unloaded you can reload it with the new settings 10 Type load pserver print_server the name of the print server just created and press Enter Example load pserver PS_486 Restart the printer by turning it off and on or using the Apple LaserWriter Utility Next you ll use the Apple LaserWriter Utility to complete the configuration Completing the RPRINTER configuration with the Apple LaserWriter Utility Start Windows if it s not already running Open the Apple LaserWriter Software program group and double click the Apple LaserWriter Utility icon Select the printer to configure and click OK Choose Print Server Configuration from the Network menu Click the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer you want then click Configure Use the printer s NetWare printer name to identify the printer to configure Click Remote Printer
138. e settings are listed in Appendix D Communication switch Why customize communication settings Though the standard communication settings work well for most environments you might want to customize communication settings to turn off network interfaces you don t need For example if you know the printer will never receive a NetWare message over the network you can turn off the interface and stop the printer from sending out unnecessary NetWare packets Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 27 28 What to do next Chapter 1 How to customize communication settings To customize communication settings use either of the following two programs a Apple Printer Utility for Mac OS see Chapter 2 for details on how to install and use the program a Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows see Chapter 3 for details on how to install and use the program Finish preparing the printer and completing the network connections by reading one or more of the following chapters a Chapter 2 explains how to administer the printer on an AppleTalk network and how to help Mac OS users start using the printer Chapter 3 explains how to administer the printer on a Novell NetWare network and how to help Windows and DOS users get started using the printer It also explains how to set up a direct connection to an IBM PC or compatible computer Chapter 4 explains how to set up the printer on a TCP IP network and how to help UNIX user
139. ect Product Options from the list and press Enter A list of product options appears If the NLM is installed and operating a NW MAC option will be available Select the NW MAC option and press Enter A list of configuration files appears Select Configure Printer Services and press Enter A list of print service configuration options appears Select Quick Configuration and press Enter A list of lookup parameter options appears Select the Printer Model entry and press Enter A list of printer types appears Select the LaserWriter 12 640 PS option and press Enter In the lookup parameter list change the zone name to the zone in which the printer is currently located Select the Perform Lookup option and press Enter In the list of installed printers locate and select the newly installed printer from the list It should be identified as LaserWriter 12 640 PS 12 13 14 15 16 17 If necessary edit the Spooler s AppleTalk Name field and press Esc to complete the setup Note You can also edit information about the print server or spooler See the documentation provided with NetWare for more information Press Esc to exit the utility A prompt appears asking if you want to create a new file Select Edit SYS SYSTEM AUTOEXEC BAT from the list of options and press Enter A window appears displaying the field s contents Insert the following line after the load afp statement load atps This comm
140. ector boxes may not be functioning properly Call an Apple authorized dealer a The printer has the same name as other printers on the network If that s the case the printer automatically appends a number to the end of its name when it s turned on The number may change each time you turn on the printer The printer administrator can change the name using the Apple Printer Utility as described in Chapter 2 or the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows as described in Chapter 3 You can identify your printer by looking for the printer with the same Ethernet address that is printed on the startup page m Check the Network control panel to make sure the correct network is selected The printer appears more than once in your Chooser for example LaserWriter 12 640 PS and LaserWriter 12 640 PS 1 Your printer may be connected to a LocalTalk network and an EtherTalk network with a router that connects them as one logical zone Apple recommends that you disconnect the LocalTalk port An out of memory message appears on your screen when you try to print The printer may have insufficient memory to print if a the document contains too many fonts that need to be downloaded from your computer to the printer m the document contains complex images a you use a lot of fonts in your document but have not selected Unlimited Downloadable Fonts in the Page Setup Printer Options dialog box If a page contains very complex images try t
141. ed the optional duplex printing unit you can print on both sides of the paper If you want the binding orientation along the side of the paper like in a book or magazine choose two sided no tumbling If you want the binding orientation along the bottom side of the paper like in a calendar choose two sided with tumbling If you want to You need this much printer memory Turn on PhotoGrade or use the 12 MB duplex printing option Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 20 MB print on all size paper except legal Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 24 MB print on all size paper including legal Click OK A page prints confirming the choice Printing a list or samples of printer fonts You can print a list or samples of the PCL or PostScript fonts currently stored in the printer s memory or attached hard disk Choose Print PostScript Fonts or Print PCL Fonts from the File menu For PCL fonts samples print automatically For PostScript fonts the Print Fonts dialog box appears Click Print Font Catalog or Print Font Samples PostScript font samples or a list of PostScript fonts are printed Viewing or changing communication settings The standard communication settings of the LaserWriter 12 640 PS work for most environments To make sure the printer is set up to use the standard settings check that the communication switch on the left side of the printer is in the Normal in position The switch is located below the i
142. eed For most users connected via the parallel cable the default printer driver settings should suffice If your computer is connected to the printer over a NetWare network follow these steps a From Windows click Control Panel m Click Printers a Click Connect The Connect dialog box opens a Click Network The NetWare Printer Connections dialog box opens a Select the queue and the port the printer is assigned to a Click Capture and click Close to close the dialog box a Highlight the queue and port combination you specified earlier and click OK a Inthe Printers control panel set the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer as the default printer and click Close Note If you don t already have your NetWare queues set up go to Initial Novell NetWare Setup in Chapter 3 when you finish installing the software For instructions on using the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows see Setting Additional Parameters with the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows in Chapter 3 To configure your printer software with NetWare see Initial Novell NetWare Setup in Chapter 3 For instructions on using Adobe Type Manager see the documentation accompanying the ATM software What to do next The PostScript Printer Driver and other software are now installed To learn to use the PostScript Printer Driver turn to Printing From Windows Applications later in this chapter Installing the printer software for Windows
143. er Handling gt Imaging Options gt Extended Job Status gt Communication Configuration 2 Click the checkbox to turn the startup page on or off When an X appears in the checkbox the printer is set to print the startup page 3 Click Send to send the startup page setting to the printer Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users 45 eoccce 46 Chapter 2 2 3 Setting the print density If your documents are printing too light or too dark you can adjust the print density of the printer to print lighter or darker text and images Open the Print Density category The Print Density panel appears LaserWriter 12 640 PS Set Defaults Update Info Printer Information Name Startup Page b b gt Fonts b 7 Print Density Black Drag the slider to increase or decrease the print density Click Send to send the Print Density setting to the printer Setting paper handling options When the LaserWriter 12 640 PS runs out of paper in one tray it can automatically switch and use paper in another paper cassette or the multipurpose tray By using automatic tray switching between the 250 sheet paper cassette and the 80 sheet multipurpose tray you can print 330 sheets without reloading paper If you have the optional 500 sheet cassette and feeder and it contains the same size paper automatic tray switching includes it as a paper source Combining all three paper sources lets you print up
144. er assembly 278 general instructions 3 4 laser beam xvii maintenance 278 279 ozone emission 354 sample page See startup page saving documents as PostScript files Mac OS 176 182 saving energy 351 scalable fonts Mac OS 332 scaling Mac OS 174 Windows 3 1 209 Windows 95 240 scanned photographs enhancing with PhotoGrade Mac OS 149 Windows and _ 103 SCO UNIX configuring TCP IP setup 123 125 screen fonts See bitmapped fonts selecting and setting up the printer Mac OS 170 173 separator page between print jobs Windows 95 248 server installing Mac OS printer software from 60 installing Mac OS printer software onto 59 installing Windows printer software onto 70 service recommended interval for 277 service warning label xvii setting up the printer 1 428 adjusting communication settings 27 28 as an ATPS remote printer 323 328 choosing a place for the printer 2 connecting directly to a single Mac OS computer 19 22 connecting power and turning on the printer 24 26 connecting to Ethernet network 20 22 connecting to LocalTalk network 17 18 connecting to Windows or DOS computer with a parallel cable 22 23 for DOS based printing 64 for Mac OS users 29 61 for NetWare users 78 494 for parallel port printing 65 for UNIX users 107 132 for Windows and DOS users 63 478 general instructions for 1 28 installing the first toner cartridge 8 11 loading paper into the cassette 12 15 safety instructions for 3 4 u
145. er tray that holds the size of paper chosen for the document choose Auto Select as the paper source You can print to other printers by selecting their name from the Printer pop up menu Only printers that have desktop printer icons created with LaserWriter 8 are listed When the selections are what you want choose another setting from the Settings pop up menu or click Print a To print a cover page choose Cover Page from the Settings pop up menu a To choose settings for printing grayscale images choose Color Matching from the Settings pop up menu a To turn on PhotoGrade or FinePrint choose Imaging Options from the Settings pop up menu a To duplex print and set the number of pages per sheet choose Layout from the Settings pop up menu a To print to a file choose File from the Destination pop up menu and choose Save as File from the Settings pop up menu a To set background printing choose Background Printing from the Settings pop up menu a To set the output paper path choose Printer Options from the Settings pop up menu a To set program specific options such as page order choose the program s name from the Settings pop up menu Printing a cover page automatically The LaserWriter 8 printing software can automatically print a cover page that provides information about the printed document such as the document s name and the date and time of printing You can set the printer to print the cover
146. erWriter 12 640 PS Use this dialog box to set up any optional features you may purchase such as additional memory or the 500 sheet cassette and feeder Apple LaserWriter 12 640 PS on LPT1 Paper Features Fos PostScript JobConttol watermark r Printer Features Feature Selection PhotoGrade TM H sites aO Memory Configuration Standad4Mb O M Cassette Optional Notinstaled Fome O O About Hep Cancel OK m PhotoGrade Turns PhotoGrade on or off To use PhotoGrade your printer must be upgraded to have at least 12 MB of RAM PhotoGrade enhances the printed look of images such as scanned or digital photographs to produce added clarity finer shading and better contrast For documents that require images to be printed with the best quality that the printer can produce turn PhotoGrade on m Duplex Tells the printer to print on one side of the paper or on both Memory Configuration The amount of RAM installed in the printer m Cassette Indicates whether you have installed the optional 500 sheet feeder Duplexer Indicates whether the optional duplex printing unit is installed Output Tray Tells the printer where to direct the media a FinePrint Turns FinePrint on or off FinePrint smoothes out lines and curves and enhances text and line graphics that would normally appear ragged However to enhance the quality of images you may want to turn FinePrint
147. erWriter 12 640 PS printer Enclose the printer name and zone in quotation marks Example Sales Printer Ethernet Zone This example identifies the printer Sales Printer located in the zone Ethernet Zone You can include a h option at the end of the line to instruct ATPS to make the printer unavailable for direct Mac OS printing that is the printer will be accessible only through ATPS queues Example Sales Printer Ethernet Zone h Note Other ATPS options are available for configuring the printer See Novell s NetWare for Macintosh documentation for more information on these options Press Esc to quit editing A prompt appears asking if you want to save your changes Type y and press Enter The list of configuration files reappears 10 11 12 13 Select the SYS SYSTEM AUTOEXEC NCF file and press Enter A window appears displaying the file s contents Insert the following line after the load afp statement load atps This command instructs the NetWare server to automatically load the ATPS service at startup time Press Esc to exit the editor then type y and press Enter to confirm the changes Press Esc three times to exit the Install utility At the system console prompt type load atps and press Enter The service is loaded and immediately becomes available to network users A message appears confirming the load and the console displays its prompt Modifying
148. erWriter printer Repeat for each printer you want to install You can install other Apple LaserWriter printers supported by the software When you re done click Exit Installation is complete Choose how to proceed For users connected via the parallel cable the default printer driver settings should suffice For instructions on using the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows see Setting Additional Parameters With the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows later in this chapter To configure your printer software with NetWare see Initial Novell NetWare Setup later in this chapter Installing on a Windows 3 1 computer Find the Windows disks containing the printer software and make sure they re write protected Slide up the write protection tab in one corner of the floppy disk so that you can see through the hole Start Windows Before installing the software make sure the Windows Control Panel and Printers control panel are closed Insert LaserWriter Disk 1 for Windows 3 1 into a floppy disk drive From the Windows Program Manager choose Run from the File menu Type a setup or b setup depending on which drive holds your installation disk in the command line field and click OK After a few moments a message appears telling you to close all other applications before continuing with this installation Click Continue if you have no other open applications If you have open applications click Exit
149. es font from Apple Computer What is font substitution Font Substitution is an option in the Page Setup dialog box for certain PostScript printers When font substitution is turned on these printers will use their built in equivalents for three bitmapped fonts Times for New York Helvetica for Geneva and Courier for Monaco What s a downloadable font A downloadable font is a TrueType or PostScript font sent to some kinds of printers such as most PostScript Laser printers by your system software The printer then uses the font to print your document If a printer has sufficient memory it can hold more than one downloaded font otherwise it must request the fonts it needs as necessary This can be a time consuming process Some printers have hard disks attached to them for holding downloaded fonts A printer can get the fonts from its hard disk more quickly than it can download them from the computer s hard disk Your LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer can receive downloaded fonts Using Fonts With the Printer eoevce 343 Specifications Appendix D Technical Information Marking engine Fuji Xerox P893 laser xerographic Laser Type Semiconductor laser GaAlAs Wavelength 780 nm Output power 5 mW Controller AMD Am29040 30 MHz RISC microprocessor 4 MB of ROM including 35 Type 1 fonts 4 MB of RAM expandable to 64 MB 80C186 I O processor 2 KB parameter EEPROM LocalTalk port Parallel port 345
150. estrict cancel Optional Remote printer on a BSD system y or n Because this printer is a Berkeley style remote printer type y Choose Perform Task from the SAM menu To enable the print queue you just created choose the following items from the SAM menu in order Peripheral Devices Printers and Plotters Enable a Printer When SAM asks for the printer name type the IP name assigned to the printer as described in Step 3 Assigning an IP Address to the Printer earlier in this chapter 10 11 12 13 Leave SAM Start the LP request scheduler by typing usr lib lpsched To test the connection once again type the ping command from a workstation on the same subnet as the printer ping printer_IP_name If the ping command responds by telling you that the printer is alive on the network the address assignment was successful If the ping command does not respond or tells you the printer was not found then the address assignment failed Try the steps in this procedure again making sure you type the printer s Ethernet address exactly as it appears on the startup page If it still doesn t work see the troubleshooting suggestions in Chapter 13 Test printing with the following command lp d queue_name filename If the test print doesn t work If the test document doesn t print follow these steps Check whether the r1p daemon is running At the UNIX prompt type ps e grep rlp If the process
151. ff 193 Desktop PrintMonitor Mac OS 36 memory requirements of 306 turning off 193 Details tab dialog box Windows 95 249 250 Device Options dialog box Windows 95 dimensions of printer and accessories 349 disks See floppy disks hard disk documents printing See printing DOS computers connecting the printer to 22 23 parallel port on 23 printing from 64 224 setting up the printer for 63 78 DOS PostScript driver 64 downloading fonts to the printer Mac OS 43 duplex printing Mac OS 48 149 speed of 348 troubleshooting 299 Windows 98 Windows 3 1 214 Windows 95 238 duplex printing unit installing 134 141 installing face up output tray on 148 149 installing paper guide for 137 138 paper jams in 295 part number for 356 printer memory requirements for 134 E Easy Install feature Mac OS 31 34 167 1169 EEPROM 345 electrical grounding 3 electrical hazards 4 encapsulated PostScript files Windows 3 1 209 221 energy saving feature 1 26 351 enlarging or shrinking images Windows 3 1 290 Windows 95 240 envelope cassette filling 271 273 installing 146 part number for 356 postcards in 272 273 envelopes loading into envelope cassette 271 273 loading into multipurpose tray 265 printing 266 268 size of choosing for multipurpose tray 48 sizes and weights of 349 Index 361 eccoce 362 eccoee Index environmental specifications 350 351 EPS file saving document as Mac OS 182
152. follow these steps Line up the front edge of the side cover with the front edge of the printer Gently press the cover into the printer until the tabs snap into their receiving slots Place the cover back on the printer and press firmly until it snaps into place Installing Options eoevce 157 158 Chapter 5 Check the Phillips screw holes on the back of the printer The holes should be unobstructed You shouldn t replace the Phillips screws until the side cover is properly positioned If the hole is obstructed remove the side cover and try again It may take a few tries With the back cover properly positioned replace the Phillips screws Do not overtighten the screws Next configure the printer software to use the additional memory For configuration instructions see Configuring Your Printer Software for New Options next If you want to check that you have properly installed the additional printer memory turn the printer back on and check the startup page The amount of printer memory should be listed there The printer does self diagnostic tests each time it is turned on During this testing the printer verifies the amount of memory installed If the diagnostics test determines that the installation is not correct the Paper Out and the Paper Jam lights will flash alternately Check that you have installed the SIMMs properly in the correct slots If this does not resolve the problem contact an Appl
153. formation about setting up the printer on a LocalTalk network or Appendix B for information about setting up the printer on a NetWare network running ATPS Connecting to an Ethernet network A single Ethernet cable can carry a number of network protocols including AppleTalk called EtherTalk when it s on an Ethernet network Novell NetWare and TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol To connect the printer to an Ethernet network running any combination of these protocols follow these steps 1 Obtain an Ethernet transceiver and a length of Ethernet cable appropriate for your network s media type thin thick or twisted pair 6 C ei mi tz Apple Ethernet Apple Ethernet Apple Ethernet thin coaxial transceiver AUI adapter twisted pair transceiver 2 Plug the short cable from the transceiver into the Ethernet port lt gt on the printer Chapter 1 3 Connect the printer to the Ethernet network in one of these three ways a To connect the printer to the end of an Ethernet network use the Ethernet cable to connect the empty socket of the nearest device s transceiver to the printer s transceiver as shown here a To connect the printer between tw
154. four locking connectors into the slots located on the front and back of the printer and duplex printing unit The locking connectors secure the printer to the duplex printing unit 140 Chapter 5 13 14 15 16 Insert the cassette into the printer and the tray into the duplex printing unit Gently close the duplex printing unit door until it latches into place against the printer If the door does not close easily check to make sure the brace is not locked in place SS Reconnect the power cable to the printer and reconnect the printer to the network then turn on the printer Configure your printer to use the duplex printing unit For configuration instructions see Configuring Your Printer Software for New Options later in this chapter For information about printing options see Chapter 6 if you are using the Mac OS a see Chapter 7 if you are using Windows 3 1 or DOS a see Chapter 8 if you are using Windows 95 Installing Options 141 ecevce 142 Installing the 500 sheet cassette and feeder Chapter 5 Follow these instructions for installing the 500 sheet cassette and feeder For instructions on loading the feeder with paper see Filling the Optional 500 Sheet Cassette in Chapter 10 Before you install the 500 sheet feeder a The printer must be turned off and the power cord unplugged a The printer must be disconnected from your computer or network The ca
155. from a server 60 onto a server 59 NetWare printer software 204 paper guide for duplex printing unit 137 138 Index printer memory 150 158 printer options 133 162 SIMMs 155 158 TCP IP printer software 108 toner cartridge for the first time 8411 replacing used cartridge 279 285 Type 1 fonts 106 Windows NT printer software 205 Windows printer software 199 200 onto server 70 Windows 3 1 printer software from CD ROM 199 201 from floppy disks 202 204 Windows 95 printer software 225 231 from CD ROM 226 229 from floppy disks 229 232 interference xvi Invert Image option Mac OS Page Setup dialog box 175 inverting printed images Mac OS 175 TO processor 345 IP address assigning to the printer 109 112 ping method 109 4111 RARP method 109 telnet method 109 111 with Apple Printer Utility 109 with LaserWriter Utility for Windows 109 obtaining for the printer 108 specifying Mac OS 54 Windows 101 102 viewing or changing 130 IRIX configuring TCP IP setup 127 J K jagged edges jaggies 330 jammed paper See paper jams Job Control tab dialog box Windows 3 1 215 216 job handling setting up Mac OS 51 54 Job Timeout option Windows 3 1 PostScript tab dialog box 211 Windows 95 PostScript tab dialog box 243 L labels loading into multipurpose tray 268 Landscape orientation Windows 3 1 207 language sensing automatic 54 99 laser information xvii laser specifications 345 LaserWr
156. ftware as explained in Chapter 2 The desktop printing software needs more memory on the computer If the Desktop PrintMonitor needs more memory try closing open windows and quitting open programs Each desktop printer that you use also requires memory so try reducing the number of desktop printer icons on your desktop by dragging desktop printers you no longer need to the Trash You can also allocate more memory to the Desktop PrintMonitor To allocate more memory open the Extensions folder in your System Folder and select the Desktop PrintMonitor icon Choose Get Info from the File menu and enter a larger amount of memory in the Preferred Size box then close the Get Info box want to turn the manual feed message on or off When you install the printer software the Desktop PrintMonitor is set up to notify you about manually feeding paper the same way your PrintMonitor was set For example if you turned off notification for manual feeding in your PrintMonitor the Desktop PrintMonitor will also have manual feed notification turned off If you want to change how the Desktop PrintMonitor notifies you about manual feeding follow this procedure Select the desktop printer icon Choose Show Manual Feed Alert from the Printing menu A checkmark by this command means that manual feed message is on IBM PC or compatible troubleshooting If you are using the LaserWriter 12 640 PS from an IBM PC or compatible computer use this sectio
157. g Printing later in this chapter Mac OS Users 187 eoevce 188 Switching between printers Chapter 6 If you have more than one printer available you can select which you want to use The printer you select is called the default printer All your documents will be printed on the default printer until you select a new one A bold outline indicates that this is the default printer the printer you will use until you indicate otherwise A plain outline indicates that this is not the default printer To change the default printer use one of these four methods as described in the next sections Drag the document you want to print to a desktop printer icon and it will automatically become the default printer Select the desktop printer icon and use the Printing menu to set the printer as the default Select a new printer using the Chooser Select a new printer using the Printer icon in the desktop menu Note Switching between printers may change how much information you can fit on a page It s best to choose a printer before you spend much time formatting the document Drag the document you want to print to a desktop printer icon Drag the icon of any document you want to print to the icon of the printer you want to use See Printing With a Desktop Printer earlier in this chapter Printing PostScript files as text To print a PostScript file as text hold down the Option key and drag the document t
158. g box appears asking you to confirm that you want to restart the selected printer Click Restart It takes a few minutes for the printer to restart and be ready to print The same effect can be achieved by turning the printer off and then on again IMPORTANT If the LaserWriter 12 640 PS is on a network shared by other users make sure that no one is attempting to use the printer before you restart it Connecting to a network printer manually In certain situations you may need to connect to your printer manually before you can configure it For example a the printer is on a different network segment than the file server a the printer s Ethernet frame type is not the frame type that your want to use See the Novell Netware Troubleshooting section in Chapter 13 for more information To connect to a network printer manually follow these steps Start Windows Start the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows In the Printer Selection window that appears select the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer Choose Connect to Network Printer from the Network menu Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 105 eoevce 106 Enter the eight digit IPX Network Number and the Node Address The Node Address is the same address as the printer s 12 digit Ethernet address The printer s Ethernet address is printed on the startup page Contact your network administrator if you don t know the IPX network numbe
159. g the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility described later in this chapter Your network documentation explains how to add the printers information to the RARP or BOOTP configuration file For troubleshooting information about RARP and BOOTP see Chapter 13 Step 4 Configuring Users Workstations If your network has subnets you can set the subnet mask as described in Setting the Subnet Mask in the Using the TCP IP Configuration Utility section later in this chapter If your network is connected to other networks you can set the default gateway address as described in Setting the Default Gateway Address in the Using the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility section later in this chapter You can now set up users workstations a If youre using Sun Solaris see Configuring Sun Solaris next a If youre using Sun OS version 4 1 see Configuring Sun OS 4 1 Ultrix A UX or Other BSD Systems later in this chapter a If youre using HP UX see Configuring HP UX Version 8 07 or Configuring HP UX Version 9 x later in this chapter a If youre using SCO UNIX see Configuring SCO UNIX later in this chapter a If youre using IBM AIX see Configuring IBM AIX Version 3 x later in this chapter a If youre using a Silicon Graphics workstation see Configuring Silicon Graphics IRIX later in this chapter Configuring Sun Solaris Loginas root Assign an IP address a
160. g the multipurpose tray The multipurpose tray can hold up to 80 sheets of various sizes as well as envelopes transparencies and sheets of labels The exact number of sheets the multipurpose tray can hold depends on the weight of the paper You can use the multipurpose tray in several ways automatic printing manual feed printing a envelope printing postcard printing a transparency and label printing Note You cannot duplex print when the paper source is the multipurpose tray Loading Paper 259 Opening the multipurpose tray To use the multipurpose tray you must first open it 1 Gently open the door 260 Chapter 10 Placing paper and envelopes in the multipurpose tray You can use the multipurpose tray for all your printing jobs You can keep a small stack of paper in the tray and let the LaserWriter 12 640 PS feed the paper automatically or you can use the multipurpose tray for manual feed printing By the way If you use the Auto Select printing feature to automatically draw paper from any source that holds the correct size paper use the Apple Printer Utility or LaserWriter Utility for Windows to define the size of paper that the multipurpose tray holds The printer software can then determine correctly when to draw paper from the multipurpose tray For more information about defining the size of paper in the multipurpose tray refer to Chapter 2 if you have a Mac OS computer or to Chapter 3 if you have an
161. ge quality wont be as good especially if the original image is in color or grayscale a When printing grays you will see the best results if you choose Color Grayscale a The ColorSync Color Matching and PostScript Color Matching options are used only when printing to a color printer The LaserWriter 12 640 PS is not a color printer When the selections are what you want choose another setting from the Settings pop up menu or click Print Printing with FinePrint or PhotoGrade FinePrint smoothes out lines and curves and enhances text and line graphics that would normally appear jagged For documents that require the finest quality text that the printer can produce turn FinePrint on PhotoGrade enhances the printed look of images such as scanned or digital photographs to produce added clarity finer shading and better contrast For documents that require images to be printed with the best quality that the printer can produce turn PhotoGrade on For documents that contain both text and high quality images turn PhotoGrade on and FinePrint off Mac OS Users 179 180 Chapter 6 4 Having both FinePrint and PhotoGrade on can affect how images print For documents that have many images and require high quality reproduction you may want to turn FinePrint off To determine the effect of printing using FinePrint and PhotoGrade you can print portions of a document with FinePrint and PhotoGrade turned on or off to see the differen
162. h The icon will reappear if you do To get rid of the LaserWriter 12 640 PS desktop printer you must first select a different desktop printer as the default printer and then drag the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer icon to the Trash If you don t want to use desktop printer icons see Turning off or Removing the Desktop Printing Software later in this chapter for more information Making changes to the printer setup If you change options on your printer you must set up the printer again Select the desktop printer icon for the printer you want to set up Choose Change Setup from the Printing menu Click Auto Setup Printer options are displayed in the Setup dialog box Your screen may not look exactly like the illustration LaserWriter setup for came LaserWriter 12 640 PS PostScript Printer Description PPD File y LaserWriter 12 640 PS Installable Options i Memory Configuration Upgrade to 12Mb Cassette Optional Installed Duplexer Installed Change Memory Configuration v i To Upgrade to 12Mb vw Printing To change any options for example to change 500 sheet cassette and feeder to Installed and Preferred select the option from the Change pop up menu and select its new value from the To pop up menu When you re done click OK On a Mac OS computer printing functions are controlled through the Page Setup and Print dialog boxes which are
163. he Paper tab other tabs display settings for PostScript Fonts m Features ma Job control a Watermark PostScript Click the PostScript tab to display the PostScript tab dialog box which controls color printing the communication protocol and PostScript Level 2 features Apple LaserWriter 12 640 PS on LPT1 m Use PostScript Level 2 features Tells the driver to use PostScript Level 2 features when printing documents Use the Level 2 features to speed printing Send Data in Binary Tells the driver to send data to the printer in a binary format Sending data in binary format may improve the printer s performance when printing images or documents containing many downloadable fonts The LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer can receive data in either ASCII or binary format Send Full Color Data Tells the driver to print colors on a color printer Usually it is best to select this option even when printing to a non color printer Colors print in finer shades of gray Match Colors Across Printers Tells the driver to save color matching information with the data for use later when the document is saved to a file for printing on a different PostScript Level 2 printer Job Timeout Sets the maximum number of seconds that the printer will spend trying to print a document before canceling the print job A value of zero means that the job is never canceled Wait Timeout Sets the maximum number of seconds that the printer will wait for
164. he PostScript header contains instructions that the printer needs to print correctly Select this option only if you are an advanced user with experience working with PostScript headers m Send Header Now Sends the PostScript header to the printer and selects the Assume header is downloaded and retained option m Print PostScript error information When checked tells the driver to print any PostScript errors to the printer m Job timeout Sets the maximum number of seconds that the printer will spend trying to print a document before canceling the print job A value of zero means that the job is never canceled m Wait timeout Sets the maximum number of seconds that the printer will wait for Windows to send data before canceling the print job A value of zero means that the job is never canceled a Advanced Displays the Advanced PostScript dialog box used to set data communication protocol and format Only experienced PostScript users should set options in the Advanced PostScript dialog box Windows 95 Users 243 eoevce 244 ecoecce Chapter 8 Advanced PostScript options Choose the Advanced button in the PostScript tab dialog box to display the Advanced PostScript Options dialog box Advanced PostScript Options 24 x These settings have been chosen to optimize printer performance You should not change them unless you have specific reasons to do so Bitmap compression Compress bitmap images PostScript languag
165. he printer s Ethernet address exactly as it appears on the startup page If it still doesn t work see the troubleshooting suggestions in Chapter 13 Try printing by using this command lpr Pqueue_name filename Note that there s no space between P and queue_name Configuring Silicon Graphics IRIX 1 Loginas root 2 Assign an IP address and IP name to the printer as described in Step 3 Assigning an IP Address to the Printer earlier in this chapter 3 Make sure the printer s IP name and IP address are entered in the etc hosts file 4 Inthe Printer Manager choose Add from the Printer menu 5 Enter the queue name that you want to use in the Printer Name field 6 Choose Network connection type 7 Enter the printer s IP name in the Remote Host Name field 8 Click Apply 9 Exit the Printer Manager and test the installation by printing a file Configuring the printer Though the printer itself has no control panel you can configure it by using programs on computers connected to the printer a On UNIX workstations log in to the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility using the UNIX telnet program as described in Using the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility next a On Mac OS computers use the Apple Printer Utility and the Chooser s setup function described in Chapter 2 a On Windows computers use the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows described in Chapter 3 Each utility has some unique functi
166. his roller length of the envelopes Adjust the width guide here Loading Paper 271 272 Chapter 10 Adjust the width guide so that it fits snugly against the envelope but not so tightly that it might cause binding To avoid envelope jams always set the length and width guides to the correct positions for your particular envelope Insert the envelope cassette into the 500 sheet feeder Note If the multipurpose tray and the optional envelope cassette have the same size envelopes when automatic tray switching is turned on the printer will use the multipurpose tray first if the multipurpose tray is set to the envelope size To use the envelope cassette do one of the following a Pick the envelope cassette as the paper source in the Print dialog box Set the multipurpose tray to a size other than the one used by the envelope cassette You can do this with the Apple Printer Utility or the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows a Change the optional envelope cassette to Installed and Preferred in the Setup dialog box You can view the Setup dialog box by selecting the desktop printer icon and choosing Change Setup from the Printing menu Filling with postcards Remove the postcard guide from the back of the envelope cassette by pinching the indented area against the front of the guide and rolling the guide toward the front of the envelope cassette Insert the postcard guide in the envelope tray To insert th
167. hoose the following items from the SMIT menu Print System Management Add a Print Queue Remote Standard Processing A form appears for you to define a remote printer Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users 125 eoevce 126 Chapter 4 10 11 Enter information into the remote printer form as follows m Name of queue to add Type the local queue name users will use as the name for the printer m Host name of remote server Type the printer IP name assigned to the printer as described in Step 3 Assigning an IP Address to the Printer earlier in this chapter m Name of queue on remote printer Type text if you want to append a carriage return to the end of each line to be printed or raw if you don t Since the printer doesn t otherwise need this remote printer queue name it uses the name as a flag to determine whether it should add a carriage return to the end of each line Type of print spooler or remote server Select BSD Click Do Click Done Choose Exit from the Exit menu To test the connection once again type the ping command from a workstation on the same subnet as the printer ping printer_IP_name If the ping command responds by telling you that the printer is alive on the network the address assignment was successful If the ping command does not respond or tells you the printer was not found then the address assignment failed Try the steps in this procedure again making sure you type t
168. ication switch to adjust communication settings see Adjusting Communication Settings in Chapter 1 To change or view the current communication settings use the Apple Printer Utility on Mac OS computers see Chapter 2 or the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows on IBM PC or compatible computers see Chapter 3 Normal in switch position These settings can be changed to the following modes Port Network Protocol Mode Default LocalTalk LocalTalk PostScript PostScript Ethernet EtherTalk PostScript Off PostScript Netware PostScript PCL5 AutoSelect Off AutoSelect TCP IP PostScript PCL5 AutoSelect Off AutoSelect Parallel TBCP PostScript PCL5 AutoSelect Off AutoSelect Normal PostScript Off PostScript Raw PostScript PCL5 AutoSelect Off AutoSelect Reset out switch position When the communication switch is in the Reset out position the following values are used Port Network Protocol Mode LocalTalk LocalTalk PostScript Ethernet EtherTalk PostScript NetWare AutoSelect TCP IP AutoSelect Parallel Parallel AutoSelect raw protocol Note When the communication switch is in the Reset out position a startup page is printed each time the printer is turned on and the Extended Job Status settings are removed 355 Technical Information eoevce 356 Accessories Appendix D In the U S A to locate your local Apple authorized reseller call 1 800 538 9696 In the U S A you can order LaserWriter 12 64
169. ick the Fonts tab to display the Fonts dialog box which controls font substitution The Fonts tab is available only if you open the Properties dialog box through the Printer folder Send TrueType fonts to printer according to the Font Substitution Table Tells the driver to use the Font Substitution Table to determine which PostScript fonts to substitute for TrueType fonts Edit the Table Displays the Font Substitution Table used to substitute PostScript fonts for TrueType fonts in your document Always use built in printer fonts instead of TrueType fonts Tells the driver to ignore the Font Substitution Table and to use font matching rules to find the best PostScript font to substitute for TrueType fonts in your document Always use TrueType fonts Tells the driver to send TrueType fonts to the printer when your document is printed Update Soft Fonts Lets you update the list of installed PostScript fonts so that the printer driver prints them correctly Send Fonts As Displays the Send Fonts As dialog box used to specify how to send TrueType or PostScript fonts Specifying how to send TrueType or PostScript fonts Click the Send Fonts As button in the Fonts tab to display the Send Fonts As dialog box Send TrueType fonts as Lets you specify the format used to send TrueType fonts that are not substituted with their PostScript equivalent fonts For Type 1 outline fonts select Outlines For Type 3 bitmap fonts select Bitmaps Select
170. ight of paper for 297 automatic language sensing 54 199 automatic tray switching 48 97 215 242 A UX configuring TCP IP setup 114 117 B back covers removing 136 background printing Mac OS 183 184 191 193 BANK A B and C D SIMM slots 155 banner page TCP IP 129 UNIX 310 811 binary communications protocol sending data in Windowsl95 244 binary format Windows 3 1 sending data in 210 211 setting up the printer to receive data in 215 binding orientation of paper Windows 98 bitmap alignment Mac OS 175 bitmap compression Windows 95 244 bitmapped fonts Mac OS 329 1330 341 how they work with TrueType fonts 334 335 black and white reversed images printing Windows 95 240 black pages 299 blank pages 299 book style printing Mac OS 48 Windows 98 BOOTP assigning IP address with 109 BOOTP server UNIX fails to respond 312 BSD systems configuring TCP IP setup 114 4117 C cables Ethernet cable 6 20 LocalTalk cable 17 parallel interface cable 6 22 23 System Peripheral 8 cable 19 calendar style printing Mac OS 48 Windows 98 cartridge See toner cartridge cassettes See envelope cassette 500 sheet cassette and feeder option paper cassette CD ROM disc See LaserWriter 12 540 PS Software Installation CD ROM disc Chooser Mac OS configuring the printer from 160 fails to appear in the Apple menu 301 LaserWriter 8 icon fails to appear in 302 printer appears more than once in 303 pr
171. ing You can also double click the desktop printer icon to check the status messages that appear in the Desktop PrintMonitor What to do next You may change some of the printer s default settings using the Apple Printer Utility as explained in the next section If you want to install any options see Chapter 5 Then you can set up users computers as explained in Getting Mac OS Users Started Using the Printer later in this chapter Configuring the printer Though the printer itself has no control panel you can configure it by using programs on computers connected to the printer a On Mac OS computers use the Apple Printer Utility and the desktop printer s setup function which are described in this chapter a On Windows computers use the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows described in Chapter 3 a On UNIX workstations log in to the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility using the UNIX telnet program as described in Chapter 4 Each utility has some unique functions and some areas of overlap For a list of each utility s functions see Appendix A Using the Apple Printer Utility The Apple Printer Utility program allows you to set the default settings that control how various aspects of the LaserWriter 12 640 PS work Use it to choose the basic printer settings that you want to use for all documents You can also change printer settings without changing the printer s basic defaults by changing the settings in the P
172. ing the installation program that comes on the software disks included with the printer Note Be sure you have Windows on your computer before installing the LaserWriter 12 640 PS software To install the Windows printer software follow these steps These instructions assume that you have a mouse or similar pointing device If you do not see the instructions that came with Windows to find out how to perform these steps using a keyboard Installing from the CD ROM disc Installing onto a Windows 95 computer 1 Start Windows 95 Before installing the software make sure the Control Panel and Printers folder are closed 2 Insert the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Software Installation CD ROM disc into the CD ROM drive 3 Open the WINDOWS directory 4 Open the directory on the CD called WIN95 DISK1 5 Double click the setup exe file After a few moments a message appears warning you to close all other applications before continuing with this installation Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 65 66 Chapter 3 10 11 Click Next if you have no other open applications If you have open applications click Cancel to stop this installation Close all other applications and start the installation process again A message appears that lets you view the README WRI file for late breaking news Click Yes to view the README WRI file When you have finished reading the README WRI file choose Exit from the File
173. ing the printer is ready to print The same effect can be achieved by physically turning the printer on and off again Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users 57 58 IMPORTANT If the LaserWriter 12 640 PS is on a network shared by other users make sure that no one is attempting to use the printer when you restart it If someone s printing job is canceled they must resubmit it Manually downloaded fonts are removed from the printer s RAM when you restart the printer Printing a configuration page You can print a listing of the current configuration settings and other information about the printer This page serves as a reference whenever you connect a computer to the printer Choose Print Configuration Page from the Utilities menu Getting Mac OS users started using the printer Chapter 2 As soon as you connect the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer to the network its ready to use In preparing to print on it users follow the same basic steps that you did to install the software and set up the printer Each user installs the printer software and fonts on the Mac OS computer a selects and sets up the printer from the Chooser You can get Mac OS users started with the printer and the new printer software in whatever way youre used to Chapter 6 explains to users how to install the software from the software disks or the CD If youd prefer not to pass around the software disks you can place the software on a server as e
174. ing Up the Printer for Mac OS Users 49 eoevce 50 Chapter 2 You can also change the way images print by increasing or decreasing the number of gray levels used to reproduce them More levels of gray produce a more natural looking photographic quality However increasing the number of grays also decreases the resolution of the image For each level of gray a unique pattern of laser pulses is required to produce a printed dot More gray levels require more variations in such patterns which in turn require the printer to use larger more noticeable dots You can experiment with various settings to find the balance that suits your needs Open the Imaging Options category The Imaging Options panel appears E EE LaserWriter 12 640 PS Send Set Defaults Update Info v Imaging Options Default Print Resolution 600 dpi FinePrint Oon A off A PhotoGrade p On more levels of gray oft Frequency Angle More Levels Greater of Gray Seer Resolution Screen frequency lpi 106 Angle 45 gt Extended Job Status fell gt Click the FinePrint On or Off button Click the PhotoGrade On or Off button Drag the slider to change the controls Click Send to send the Imaging Options setting to the printer IMPORTANT When you are printing from a Mac OS computer PhotoGrade works only when the Color Grayscale option is selected in the Prin
175. ing the Ethernet address with 102 printing the page count with 104 purpose of 94 95 quick reference for administrators 316 317 quitting 96 restarting the printer with 105 sending PostScript files to the printer with 102 setting imaging options with 102 103 setting paper handling options with 97 98 setting print density with 104 specifying a font symbol set with 104 357 358 eccoce Index turning the startup page on or off with 96 viewing or changing communication settings with 99 101 Apple LaserWriter Utility icon Windows 3 1 95 Apple menu Mac OS Chooser does not appear in 301 Apple Printer Utility for Mac OS 37 58 See also Mac OS computers assigning IP address with 109 111 Auto Select option in Print dialog box 48 Communication Configuration category of 52 53 55 downloading fonts to the printer with 43 Extended Job Status category in 51 FinePrint feature in 49 Imaging Options category in 50 increasing or decreasing gray levels with 50 naming the printer with 42 opening 39 40 Paper Handling category in 47 Port Configuration category in 55 printer features window in 39 40 Printer Information category in 40 41 Printer Selector window in 39 Printer s Zone category in 53 printing a configuration page with 58 printing font samples with 44 quick reference for administrators 315 316 quitting 41 removing fonts with 44 restarting the printer with 57 selecting imaging opt
176. int all other files including PostScript and PCL files The names of the print queues typically reflect which sort of document they re for Examples for lpr lpr PGarysLW_text plain txt lpr PGarysLW_raw postscript file Examples for 1p lp d GarysLW_text plain txt lp d GarysLW_text postscript file The way you print and choose printing options can differ from one application program to another To find out more about printing from your application programs read the documentation that came with the programs Loading Paper This chapter describes how to load the LaserWriter 12 640 PS paper cassette and multipurpose tray with paper It describes how to load standard paper letterhead three hole punched paper envelopes labels and transparencies for printing You can purchase additional printing options for use with your LaserWriter 12 640 PS including the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 500 Sheet Cassette and Feeder and the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Envelope Cassette This chapter gives instructions for loading paper or envelopes into these options For instructions on attaching options see Chapter 5 For information on ordering options see Appendix D The way you control the printer from your computer depends on the type of computer and program you are using For general information about printing with a Mac OS computer see Chapter 6 For information about printing with an IBM PC or compatible computer using Microsoft Window
177. inter Setup dialog box Windows 3 1 See Setup dialog box printer software Mac OS configuring for new options 159 161 installing from CD ROM disc 199 201 installing from floppy disks 202 204 installing from the server 60 installing onto a server 59 setting up 35 171 system requirements for 30 Windows installing onto server 70 Windows NT installing 205 Windows 3 1 configuring for new options 161 162 installing from CD ROM 166 167 installing from floppy disks 74 77 Windows 95 configuring for options features 162 240 242 installing from CD ROM 65 68 installing from floppy disks 72 74 printing black and white reversed images Windows 95 240 book or magazine style Mac OS 48 Windows 98 calendar style Mac OS 48 Windows 98 color 211 218 298 duplex 299 Mac OS 48 149 181 182 Windows 98 Windows 3 1 214 Windows 95 238 envelopes 48 266 268 271 273 face up or face down Mac OS 49 Windows 98 from a DOS computer 224 from a Mac OS computer 173 195 from a UNIX workstation 253 254 from a Windows 3 1 computer 206 218 from a Windows 95 computer 233 252 grayscale 178 179 297 298 multiple copies Windows 3 1 209 on both sides of letterhead paper 275 on three hole punched paper 275 parallel port printing 65 postcards 272 273 problems with See troubleshooting startup page 24 to other printers Mac OS 177 to PostScript files Windows 3 1 221 224 transparencies Mac OS 176 while the computer i
178. inter is not listed in 302 303 selecting the printer with 170 189 cleaning the printer case 286 Client Software for NetWare Network 63 225 closing the printer 11 285 color printing Mac OS troubleshooting 298 Windows 3 1 210 211 218 359 Index ecccce 360 eccoee Index communication settings adjusting 27 28 customizing 27 28 restoring default settings Mac OS 56 Windows 100 table of 355 viewing and changing Mac OS 54 56 Windows 99 101 communication switch 16 27 effect of changes to network settings 51 Normal in position of 51 99 100 355 Reset out position of 51 355 computers See DOS computers IBM PC or compatible computers Mac OS computers UNIX workstations Windows computers Windows 3 1 computers Windows 95 computers configuration page printing Mac OS 58 TCP IP 129 Windows 104 configuring ATPS for the first time on a NetWare 3 x server 325 327 for the first time on a NetWare 4 server 324 325 modifying an existing ATPS configuration on a NetWare 3 x server 327 328 printer software for new options 159 162 on Mac OS computers 37 58 on Windows computers 161 4162 with the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility 128 132 users workstations TCP IP setup 113 127 HP UX version 8 07 117 120 HP UX version 9 x 120 123 IBM AIX version 3 x 125 4126 SCO UNIX 123 125 Silicon Graphics IRIX 127 Sun OS version 4 1 Ultrix A UX or other BSD systems 114 117 Sun Solaris 1134
179. ions Add a Remote Printer Plotter Do not select Add a Network Printer A form appears for you to define a remote printer 10 11 Enter information into the remote printer form as follows m Printer name Type the local queue name users will use as the name for the printer m Remote system name Type the IP name assigned to the printer as described in Step 3 Assigning an IP Address to the Printer earlier in this chapter Remote printer name Type text text indicates that the printer should append a carriage return to the end of each line in the document as it s printed otherwise each new line of text will start where the previous one left off creating a stairstep effect Use this for ASCII files raw indicates that the printer should not add any special control characters to the document as is appropriate for PostScript and PCL5 print jobs Remote cancel model Used for remote printer job removal type rcmodel m Remote status model Used for remote printer queue status type rsmodel a Printer class Optional m Make this the system default printer Check the box to make this printer the default printer for all workstations on this segment of the network m Allow anyone to cancel requests Check this box if anyone should be able to cancel requests Remote printer on a BSD system Because this printer is a Berkeley style remote printer check this box Select the OK button A message appears asking y
180. ions with 49 450 sending PostScript files to the printer with 57 setting paper handling options with 47 49 setting print density with 46 setting up job handling with 51 TCP IP Configuration category in 54 turning startup page on and off with 45 uses for 37 38 viewing and changing communication settings with 54 56 viewing printer information with 41 AppleTalk network 20 administering the printer on 30 487 changing printer name on 36 initial setup for 30 87 naming the printer on 96 preparing the printer for use on 30 37 AppleTalk network zones active inactive 35 170 AppleTalk Print Spooler See ATPS remote printer application programs Adobe Type Manager 336 341 Apple Printer Utility for Mac OS 32 34 36 137 58 Client Software for NetWare Network 63 DOS programs printing from 64 Floppy Disk Maker Mac OS 33 Installer Mac OS 31 35 39 61 network client software 63 225 PostScript 57 telnet 128 virus detection programs 31 34 60 167 ASCII data sending Windows 95 244 ASCII format setting up the printer to receive data in Windows 3 1 215 ATPS remote printer setting up the printer as 323 328 configuring ATPS for the first time on a NetWare 3 x server 325 327 configuring ATPS for the first time on a NetWare 4 server 324 825 modifying an existing ATPS configuration on a NetWare 3 x server 327 328 AUI Ethernet adapter 20 part number for 356 AUI Ethernet port 346 automatic feed printing we
181. is mode the printer takes about a minute to warm up before it can print the first page A desktop printer icon appears again as soon as you drag it to the Trash You must always have at least one desktop printer icon If you drag your last desktop printer to the Trash the computer instantly create another one just like it To remove all desktop printer icons turn off the desktop printing extension and then restart your computer The desktop printer icons appear as folders If you restart the computer using a startup disk that doesn t contain up to date LaserWriter printing software your desktop printer icons will appear as folders Though they wont work as usual they will return to normal when you restart from the correct startup disk You may also install the software on the new startup disk Fixing Other Problems 305 306 Chapter 13 The desktop printer icon has an X drawn through it The X indicates that the desktop printing software is turned off or the LaserWriter 8 extension is not in the Extensions folder You may have started the computer using a different startup disk or temporarily turned off all the software extensions When you restart the computer as usual the icons will return to normal You may have removed the desktop printing software that created the printer icons If you meant to do so you can drag the icons to the Trash or to any folder outside the Extensions folder If not you can reinstall the so
182. ish The LaserWriter 12 640 PS may not print well on some papers with a glossy finish Again test a few sheets of any unusual paper stock you wish to use Filling the optional envelope cassette 1 2 Slide the envelope cassette out of the 500 sheet feeder Move the postcard guide to the back of the envelope cassette if necessary To remove the postcard guide from the envelope tray pinch the indented area against the front of the guide Roll the guide toward the front of the envelope cassette and lift up To insert the postcard guide in the back of the envelope cassette tilt the guide toward the front of the envelope cassette and insert the two tabs located on front of the guide into the slots Roll the guide until its back is against the back of the envelope cassette and locks into place Push down gently on the envelope tray until it rests against the bottom of the cassette and locks into place Lift the back of the envelope cassette and move the length guide until it matches your envelope s length Make sure the tab fits into the marked slots The cassette is marked with positions for envelopes of Comm10 C5 DL and Monarch sizes Pinch the color tab located on the right side of the envelope cassette against the post and move the envelope width to its maximum setting Insert the envelopes into the cassette with the flap side up and the top edge to the right Make sure the envelopes are Adjust this guide to fit the under t
183. iter 12 640 PS Product LaserWriter 12 640 PS ROM Revision PS 1 0 1 0 1 0 PostScript Serial Number 1176177066 Total number of pages printed 14 Ethernet Address 08 00 07 44 02 d8 Total RAM 4MB Interpreters PostScript Level 2 Version 2015 105 PCLS Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users eocvce 41 42 eoecce Chapter 2 Naming the printer To help users easily select the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer from their computers give the printer a unique name based for example on its location or the group of users who commonly accesses it Use the following procedure to name or rename any LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer on the AppleTalk network IMPORTANT Be sure to tell users what the printer name is and what zone it s located in 1 Open the Name category The name panel appears with the selected printer s current name LaserWriter 12 640 PS Set Defaults Update Info Printer Information v Name AppleTalk Name LaserWriter 12 640 PS Type anew name here Note A non standard character in the name will appear correctly on the Macintosh but the printer may print a different character on its startup page Fonts Startup Page Print Density Paper Handling Imaging Options Extended Job Status Communication Configuration 2 Type anew name 3 Click Send to send the new name setting to the printer Downloading fonts to the printer You can download additional fonts
184. iter 12 640 PS v Destination Error Handling v If there is a PostScript error No special reporting Summarize on screen Print detailed report If the cassette is out of paper Switch to another cassette with same paper size Display alert Save Settings 4 When the selections are as you want choose another setting from the Settings pop up menu or click Print 186 Chapter 6 ecovce Printing with a desktop printer You can also print documents without leaving the Finder using one of the two methods described here These methods are particularly efficient when you have a number of documents from the same application that you want to print at once a Drag the icons of the documents from one application to the desktop icon of the printer you want to use i Ly P My Document LaserWriter 16 600 PS or a Select the icons of the documents you want to print and choose the Print command from the File menu The documents will be printed on the default printer See Switching Between Printers next In either case the computer will show you the Print dialog box so you can choose printing options Make your choices then click the Print button After a few moments the document starts to print If background printing is turned on you can continue working while the document is printing You can also monitor and control the documents that are waiting to print See Monitorin
185. iter Disk 1 for Mac OS floppy disk preparing a server with 59 LaserWriter Disk 1 for Windows 3 1 installing printer software from 202 204 LaserWriter Disk 1 for Windows 95 installing printer software from 229 232 LaserWriter Disk 2 for Windows 3 1 disk 76 LaserWriter Disk 3 for Windows 95 disk 73 LaserWriter 8 icon Mac OS 170 302 LaserWriter 12 540 PS Software Installation CD ROM disc creating floppy disks from 71 creating installation disks from Mac OS 32 85 installing Mac OS printer software from Mac OS 166 167 installing Windows NT printer software from 77 installing Windows 3 1 printer software from 199 201 installing Windows 95 printer software from 226 229 layout specifying Windows 3 1 209 Windows 95 236 legal size paper loading into cassette 258 letterhead paper loading into cassette 14 259 loading into multipurpose tray 264 printing on both sides of 275 lightening text or images Mac OS 46 light printed image 298 lights on the printer 26 290 LocalTalk cable 17 LocalTalk connecting kit 6 17 LocalTalk interface setting to PostScript mode Mac OS 56 Windows 100 LocalTalk network connecting to 17 418 LocalTalk port 16 17 19 355 logical zones See zones Mac OS computers See also Apple Printer Utility for Mac OS changing printer setup on 172 173 configuring the printer from 159 161 connecting the printer directly to 19422 desktop printer icons on 190 desktop printing softw
186. itor requires 200 400K bytes more free system memory in addition to the memory required by the PrintMonitor If you dont want to use the desktop printing software you can remove it To remove desktop printing software Restart your computer with the extensions off by holding down the Shift key and choosing Restart from the Special menu Hold the Shift key down until the message Extensions off appears or until your normal desktop appears Drag the following files from the Extensions folder to the Trash a Desktop PrintMonitor a Desktop Printer Menu a Desktop Printer Spooler a Desktop Printer Extension If you have Control Strip installed on your system drag the Printer Selector file to the Trash Restart your computer Making changes to the printer setup If you turn off desktop printing and add or remove printer options you must setup the printer again using the Chooser Choose the Chooser from the Apple menu The Chooser window appears Click the LaserWriter 8 icon in the left half of the Chooser If you don t see the LaserWriter 8 icon scroll through the window Click the name of the network zone in which your printer is located if your printer is connected to a network with zones Click the name of your LaserWriter 12 640 PS 5 Click Setup The Setup dialog box appears 6 Select the option that you want a Click Auto Setup to let the Chooser identify the type of printer and automatically set up
187. k the Printers icon The Printers dialog box appears If it is not already selected select the LaserWriter 12 640 PS from the Installed Printers list Windows 3 1 and DOS Users 219 eocece 220 Chapter 7 10 11 12 13 Click Setup The Setup dialog box appears Note You can also open the Setup dialog box from within many Windows programs Check your program documentation to see if you can change your printer setup from within your program Click Fonts Click Font Downloader The Font Downloader dialog box appears Choose Memory from the Destination Memory list box Select the fonts you want to download from the Fonts Available list Fonts that are already present in the printers ROM do not need to be downloaded For a list of these fonts see Appendix D or print a list of font samples by choosing Print Font Samples in the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows Click Download The Font Downloader informs you of its progress as it downloads fonts Note While downloading you can use other programs but you cart print After you are finished downloading fonts click Exit You are returned to the Setup dialog box Click OK to close the Setup dialog box Click Close to close the Printers dialog box Choose Exit from the Settings menu to close the Control Panel You can confirm that the fonts were downloaded by printing a list of font samples with the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows Printing to a Pos
188. ke certain the computer and the television or radio are on circuits controlled by different circuit breakers or fuses If necessary consult an Apple authorized service provider or Apple See the service and support information that came with your Apple product Or consult an experienced radio television technician for additional suggestions IMPORTANT Changes or modifications to this product not authorized by Apple Computer Inc could void the FCC Certification and negate your authority to operate the product This product was tested for FCC compliance under conditions that included the use of Apple peripheral devices and Apple shielded cables and connectors between system components It is important that you use Apple peripheral devices and shielded cables and connectors between system components to reduce the possibility of causing interference to radios television sets and other electronic devices You can obtain Apple peripheral devices and the proper shielded cables and connectors through an Apple authorized dealer For non Apple peripheral devices contact the manufacturer or dealer for assistance Communications Regulation Information DOC statement DOC Class B Compliance This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus as set out in the interference causing equipment standard entitled Digital Apparatus ICES 003 of the Department of Communications Observation des no
189. ke sure the 1pd daemon is running on the Sun OS or Ultrix system by typing the following command at the UNIX prompt ps aux grep lpd If the lpd daemon is running you should see output similar to root 135 0 0 0 0 52 0 IW Oct 17 0 01 usr lib 1pd If the lpd daemon is not running you will not see any output and you should start the daemon by logging in as root and typing this command at the UNIX prompt usr lib lpd You can verify that the daemon is running by using the ps command described in this step Note To start the 1lpd daemon automatically when the system boots add the 1lpd command to the etc rc file The following is an example etc rc file syntax varies across operating systems if f usr lib lpd then rm f dev printer var spool lpd lock usr lib lpd echo n printer fi Add the following entry tothe etc printcap file printer_queue_name description_of_printer lp mx 0 rm printer_IP_name cp raw_or_text sd path_to_this_queues_spool_directory 1 path_to_this_queues_log_file Fill in the parameters in italics as follows a Replace printer_queue_name with the name the user should use to reference the printer Typically names indicate the location of the printer and what sort of files it should be used for a Replace description_of_printer with a comment describing the printer a Replace printer_IP_name with the IP name you assigned to the printer in Step
190. l 8 1 2 x 14 215 9 mm x 355 6 mm A4 8 27 x 11 69 210 mm x 297 mm A4 Small 8 27 x 11 69 210 mm x 297 mm A5 5 84 x 8 26 148 mm x 210 mm Executive 7 1 4 x 10 1 2 184 2 mm x 266 7 mm B5 7 17 x 10 12 182 mm x 257 mm Envelope sizes and weights Envelope Weight Size Comm10 24 Ib 4 1 8 x 9 1 2 104 7 mm x 241 3 mm Monarch 24 Ib 3 7 8 x 7 1 2 98 4 mm x 190 5 mm EuroPostcard 50 Ib 4 13 x 5 83 105 mm x 148 mm DL 80 g m 110 mm x 220 mm C5 90 g m2 162 mm x 229 mm Dimensions Printer only a Height 95 in 24 2 cm a Width 15 9 in 40 5 cm a Depth 16 7 in 42 4 cm Printer with optional duplex printing unit a Height 11 89 in 30 2 cm a Width 15 9 in 40 5 cm a Depth 20 47 in 52 0 cm 349 Technical Information eoeece 350 Appendix D Printer with optional 500 sheet cassette and feeder a Height 140 in 35 6 cm a Width 159 in 40 5 cm a Depth 16 7 in 42 4 cm Printer with optional duplex printing unit and 500 sheet cassette feeder a Height 16 2 in 41 1cm a Width 159 in 40 5 cm a Depth 204 in 52 0 cm Space requirements About 7 in Exhaust vent Note Vertical clearance or 18cm is about 14 in or 36 cm a About 6 in or 15 cm P About 1 in About 17 in or 2 5 cm or 43 cm Weight a Approximately 30 lb 14 kg Environmental information Operating a Temperature 50 to 90 F 10 to 32 C a Humidity 15 to
191. lected press Enter The Print Queue Information menu appears In the Print Queue Information menu select Print Servers and press Enter A list of queue servers appears Press Ins to view a list of queue server candidates Select the name of the logical print server that was specified earlier in Specifying a Print Server and press Enter The name of the server now appears in the Print Servers list Press Esc until you return to the Available Options menu Now that the print queue exists you must associate it with the print server you specified earlier Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 89 eoevce 90 Chapter 3 Associating a print server with the print queue In the Available Options menu of PCONSOLE select Printers and press Enter The Print Servers menu appears displaying the names of existing print servers Select the printer you defined earlier and press Enter A window appears showing the printer configuration Select Print Queues Assigned and press Enter The NetWare Server Print Queue appears It should list the printer number you specified in an earlier procedure Press Ins to view a list of available queues Select the queue you created in the earlier procedure and press Enter The Priority dialog box appears prompting you to enter a priority number for the queue Type a priority number between 1 and 10 in the provided field and press Enter PCONSOLE identifies the fil
192. llation disk from the Drives list box Select LaserWriter 12 640 PS from the PostScript Printer Drivers Available list and click Next Select LPT1 if the LaserWriter 12 640 PS is connected to your local computer Click Next The Add Printer dialog box appears Name your computer and select other options as necessary Click Next The printer Properties dialog box appears Click OK to dismiss the Properties dialog box A message appears telling you that the driver software was successfully installed Click Add Another to install another Apple LaserWriter printer Repeat for each printer you want to install You can install other Apple LaserWriter printers supported by the software When you re done click Exit Installation is complete Windows 95 Users 231 232 24 Choose how to proceed For most users connected via the parallel cable the default printer driver settings should suffice If your computer is connected to the printer over a NetWare network follow these steps a Double click the Network Neighborhood icon a Inthe dialog box that appears double click the computer where the printer you want to use is located a Double click the printer icon representing the printer you want to use a Follow the instructions on the screen for setting up the printer Note If you don t already have your NetWare queues set up go to Initial Novell NetWare Setup in Chapter 3 when you finish installing the softw
193. look like when printed Edit watermark Choose the Edit button in the Watermark tab dialog box to display the Edit Watermark dialog box Edit Watermark 71x r Watermark Text Font Helvetica x lt New gt Size 72 a Style Bold m nge p r Cbo gt Bed 120 90 45 0 45 90 m Green i20 4 r Position Blue fi20 o Anamata center Choose Color C Position relative to center OK Cancel Help a Text Displays the text of the selected watermark for editing a Font Lists all TrueType and ATM fonts and the 13 base PostScript fonts that either reside in the printer or can be downloaded to the printer m Size Lets you specify a font size between 7 and 600 points a Style Lets you specify a font style Regular Bold Italic and Bold Italic as available a Angle Lets you specify the angle at which the watermark will display on the page Position Automatically Center Watermark Position Relative to Center Tells the driver how to position the watermark Automatically Center Watermark centers the watermark on the page Position Relative to Center lets you specify x and y coordinates for the watermark relative to the center Color Lets you specify red green and blue values for the color in which the watermark is printed As an alternative Choose Color brings up a Color dialog box that lets you view and select a color for the watermark Fonts Cl
194. ly on the cassette base Position the printer over these three posts Installing Options eoeece 143 5 Remove the cassettes from the printer and the 500 sheet cassette and feeder 6 Insert the four locking connectors into the slots located on the front and back of the printer and base The locking connectors secure the printer to the feeder 144 Chapter 5 Insert the cassettes into the printer and the 500 sheet cassette and feeder Turn on the printer Configure your printer software to use the 500 sheet cassette and feeder Next you must configure the printer software to use the new paper option For configuration instructions see Configuring Your Printer Software for New Options later in this chapter For instructions on loading paper into the envelope cassette see Chapter 10 For information about printing options a see Chapter 6 if you are using the Mac OS a see Chapter 7 if you are using Windows 3 1 or DOS a see Chapter 8 if you are using Windows 95 Removing the 500 sheet cassette and feeder Remove the cassettes from the printer and the 500 sheet cassette and feeder Remove the four locking connectors by pinching the top and bottom of the connectors The connectors are located on the front and back sides of the printer and the 500 sheet cassette and feeder Gently lift the printer from the 500 sheet cassette and feeder and place it on a flat and stable surface Configure y
195. mes if necessary If the output doesn t improve or if the printer won t print the startup page refer to Part III Troubleshooting Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 25 eoevce 26 Chapter 1 5 Check the status lights After the startup page is printed the Ready In Use light glows steadily All other lights should be off If any other lights are on see Chapter 12 O Ready In Use light D Paper Out light 8 Paper Jam light Saving energy When you save energy you save our natural resources and reduce pollution If youre concerned about energy consumption you can take advantage of the printer s built in energy saving feature The printer enters an energy saving mode 10 seconds after finishing printing You can also save energy on the LaserWriter 12 640 PS as well as on all other printers including those without energy saving features by taking these steps a If you know you wont be using the printer for a while say overnight turn it off a Use the page preview feature provided in many programs to check page layout rather than printing a draft Adjusting communication settings Though you can adjust many of the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer s communication settings the normal settings work for most environments To make sure the printer is set up to use the normal settings check the communication switch on the left side of the printer to make sure it s in the Normal in position Th
196. modern printers can print at resolutions far better than this your LaserWriter 12 640 PS prints at 600 dpi printed bitmapped fonts almost always have jagged edges or stairstep sides Fortunately the Mac OS can use bitmapped fonts in combination with other font formats reserving bitmaps for the screen and other kinds of fonts for the printer PostScript fonts PostScript is a page description language that defines the characters symbols and images that appear on each page of a document A PostScript font comes as a pair of fonts an outline font for the printer and a corresponding bitmapped font for displaying type on your screen No bitmapped font no menu entry If your system doesn t have the bitmapped font the PostScript font name won t appear in your font menu Courier The LaserWriter 12 640 PS is designed specifically to work with PostScript fonts Even printers that are not PostScript printers can use PostScript fonts if you have Adobe Type Manager software installed Adobe Type Manager uses printer fonts to generate clean looking screen text at any size Adobe Type Manager is included with your LaserWriter 12 640 PS software IMPORTANT Adobe Type Manager is not an Apple product It is made and supported by Adobe Systems Incorporated Only the version that comes with Mac OS system software version 7 5 is supported by Apple PostScript printer fonts have no numbers associated with their names because a single font can b
197. n If necessary drag the driver into the Extensions folder inside the System Folder Also make sure that you have only one System Folder on your startup disk Refer to the information that came with your computer The printer is not listed in the Chooser If you ve selected the LaserWriter 8 icon but your LaserWriter 12 640 PS is not named in the list of printers one of the following may be the cause a The printer has been turned off Make sure it is plugged in and turned on and wait for the Ready light to turn on a The communications settings are not set correctly See Adjusting Communication Settings in Chapter 1 and Viewing and Changing the Communication Settings in Chapter 2 See also Appendix D for a list of acceptable values To reset the communications settings to their factory default values set the communication switch to the Reset out position Turn the printer off and back on again Set the communication switch to the Normal in position Someone may have renamed the printer Check the startup page to see if the name has changed a If you are using an AppleTalk network that contains zones you may not have selected the correct zone for the printer a There s a problem in the network cable system somewhere between your computer and the printer you want to use Make sure that all the cables are properly connected If you still can t resolve the problem the printer s electronics or the network conn
198. n Password Audit Select Password and press Enter At the prompt type the password and press Enter PCONSOLE asks you to retype the password The characters are not displayed as you type Retype the password and press Enter IMPORTANT Record the password for later use If multiple file servers will be served by the same printer the same password must be used on each server Press Esc once then to save the change press Enter To return to the Available Options menu press Esc three times Step 4 Setting up the PostScript printer driver for NetWare For Windows 95 Click the Start icon on the Task Bar and select Printer Settings Select the printer you want to use Select Properties from the File menu Click the Detail Property tab Click Add Port Click Browse to view the available print queues that have been defined with PCONSOLE Select the print queue you want to use and click OK Click OK again Click OK to close the Property dialog box For Windows 3 1 In Windows double click Control Panel Double click Printers Select the printer you want to use Click Connect The Connect dialog box opens Click Network The NetWare Printer Connections dialog box opens Select the queue and the port the printer is assigned to Click Capture then click Close to close the dialog box Select the queue and port combination you specified in step 6 and click OK In the Printer control panel select the LaserWriter 12 64
199. n a specified file server and retrieved by the printer In RPRINTER mode the printer depends on the NetWare print server software either a NetWare Loadable Module NLM an RPRINTER EXE executable file or a value added process VAP running on top of the operating system to manage printing Print jobs are stored in a queue on a specified file server When the printer is ready to print the job the NetWare print server software copies the job to the printer In ATPS mode the printer uses its AppleTalk protocol support to communicate with the Novell ATPS NetWare Loadable Module NLM The NLM included in the NetWare for Macintosh package from Novell extends full queue and spooling services to Mac OS clients from a server based software process There are advantages to each type of operating mode Your choice will depend on your networking environment and the types of jobs you will be printing Regardless of your choice you can locate the printer anywhere on the network Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 79 80 Chapter 3 What to do next Once you decide how you want to set up the printer proceed as follows PSERVER To set up the printer as a print server read about how to use PCONSOLE in the next section then if you want a simple setup read Step 2 Option A Setting Up the Printer as a Print Server Using PCONSOLE later in this chapter if you want to assign a password read Ste
200. n for troubleshooting tips A message on the screen says the printer can t print If you get such a message try the following steps a Make sure that the printer is turned on a Check the network or parallel cables a Make sure that the PostScript printer driver has been installed as described in Chapter 3 Nothing is printed no paper comes out of the printer If you don t get any response from the printer when you try to print a document try the following steps a Check the Installed Printers list to see that your printer is selected See Chapter 7 for details about installing and selecting printer driver options a Try printing the document again but choose Download PostScript Error Handling in the Printer Setup PostScript Options dialog box a Check the Paper Out light If it is on add paper and replace the paper cassette If it is blinking make sure the paper cassette is securely in place a Check for a paper jam as described in Chapter 12 a Check the printer cables a Check the position of the port communication switch as described in Adjusting Communication Settings in Chapter 1 The port may have been turned off or the Interpreter settings may not be correct a Reset the communications settings to their factory default values by setting the communication switch to the Reset out position Turn the printer off and back on again Set the communication switch to the Normal in position a Turn the printe
201. n lets you specify what portions of the software you would like to install Printer Driver Only installs only the PostScript printer driver and printer description files Click Express Installation A window appears that keeps you informed as file decompression proceeds Select Disk 2 when the program asks for it Click Next when the Installer prompts you to add a PostScript printer to your system A message appears that lets you install the setup program onto your hard disk Select Yes if desired and click Next The Setup Program Location dialog box appears Enter a new directory for the setup program or use the default directory and click Next A message appears that lets you specify how your printer is connected local or network Select how your printer is connected local or network and click Next The Install PostScript Printer from PPD dialog box appears Select the drive that holds your CD from the Drives list box Windows 95 Users 227 228 Chapter 8 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Select Disk 3 from the Directories list Select LaserWriter 12 640 PS from the PostScript Printer Descriptions Available list and click Next Select LPT1 if the LaserWriter 12 640 PS is connected to your local computer Click Next The Add Printer dialog box appears Name your computer and select other options as necessary Click Next The printer Properties dialog box appears Click OK to dismiss th
202. n printing with the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer Also don t use envelopes that seal with peel off strips or pressure sensitive adhesives that are curled or wrinkled or that are likely to discolor or melt at temperatures of about 400 F 204 C Printing on such materials can damage the printer For best results when printing envelopes be sure to position your address block properly in your word processing document You ll need to print in landscape horizontal orientation and to adjust the top and left margins in your word processing program s page formatting controls Once you ve set the top and left margins type the return address skip a few lines the exact number depends on the font youre using and the way you like your envelopes to look so you ll have to experiment and type the address block Note If the multipurpose tray and the optional envelope cassette have the same size envelopes when automatic tray switching is on the printer will use the multipurpose tray first if the multipurpose tray is set to the envelope size To use the envelope cassette do one of the following a Pick the envelope cassette as the paper source in the Print dialog box Set the multipurpose tray to a size other than the one used by the envelope cassette You can do this with the Apple Printer Utility or the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows a Change the optional envelope cassette to Installed and Preferred in the Setup dialog b
203. n the server If the daemon is not running type bootpd t15 or consult the UNIX man page on bootpd Turn the printer off and then back on Ican t ping the printer by IP name or IP address Follow these steps in order ping your own system or another host If this ping fails your IP software is not running or your network is down Turn the printer off and then back on This sometimes fixes the problem itself and it also causes the startup page to print Use the startup page to verify the printer s IP address Verify that the IP address on the configuration page is identical to the IP address inthe etc hosts file Check the printer s network cabling to make sure that it is connected to the network Make sure the IP address is not a duplicate of one already in use on the network lcan ping the printer but can t telnet to it Only one user at a time can telnet to the printer Appendixes Appendix A Administrator Tools Quick Reference Appendix B Setting Up the Printer as an ATPS Remote Printer Appendix C Using Fonts With the Printer Appendix D Technical Information pr Appendix A Administrator Tools Quick Reference The LaserWriter 12 640 PS comes with many different utilities that a printer administrator might use to set up and manage the printer These utilities are explained throughout the manual This appendix lists the functions of each of these utilities grouped
204. n you turn the printer on This page shows the default NetWare printer s name the total number of pages printed the amount of memory and communication settings You can turn this feature off if you wish Choose Set Startup Page from the Utilities menu A dialog box appears that allows you to turn the startup page on or off Click On or Off Click OK A page prints confirming the choice Setting paper handling options When the LaserWriter 12 640 PS runs out of paper in one tray it can automatically switch and use paper in the paper cassette or multipurpose tray By using automatic tray switching between the 250 sheet paper cassette and the 80 sheet multipurpose tray you can print 330 sheets without reloading paper If you have the optional 500 sheet cassette and feeder and it contains the same size paper automatic tray switching includes it as a paper source Combining all three paper sources lets you print up to 830 sheets without reloading paper You can also set the printer to use a particular size paper in the multipurpose tray Choose Paper Handling from the Utilities menu The Paper Handling dialog box appears Choose a default paper size for the multipurpose tray The Paper Handling dialog box provides the Auto Select option which allows the printer to draw paper from any paper source that holds the correct size paper Similarly the automatic tray switching feature allows the printer to select another paper source tha
205. nd then begins to copy files Follow the instructions on the screen until the installation is complete After the installation the Installer tells you to restart your computer Click the Restart button The software is now installed on the hard disk If you turned off any automatic virus detection programs on your computer turn them back on now After you restart you may notice a new icon on your desktop one that represents a desktop printer You will also see the Apple LaserWriter Software folder on your hard disk This folder contains the Apple Printer Utility and Read Me files Mac OS Users 167 eoevce 168 Chapter 6 Installing from the floppy disks To install the printer software on a Mac OS computer follow these steps Quit any programs you are running Turn off any automatic virus detection programs you have on your computer If you don t problems may occur during the installation After installation is complete you can turn the virus detection programs back on Make sure the disks are locked Insert LaserWriter Disk 1 for Mac OS into a disk drive The disk s icon appears on the desktop Note If you are installing from floppy disks made from the CD the floppy disk label may be different Double click the disk icon to open the disk if necessary Read the Before You Install file to check for late breaking news Double click the Installer icon to start the Installer program Installer After a mome
206. nd IP name to the printer as described in Step 3 Assigning an IP Address to the Printer earlier in this chapter Make sure the printer s IP name and IP address are entered inthe etc hosts file Run admintool admintool amp Select Print Manager From the Edit menu choose Add Printers and then Add Access to Remote Printer Enter the queue name that you want to use in the Printer Name field Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users 113 114 Chapter 4 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enter the printer s IP name in the Print Server field Select BSD in the Print Server OS field Click Add Choose Modify Printer Set File from the Edit menu Set File Contents to PostScript IMPORTANT Setting File Contents to anything else will result in errors when you try to print ASCII or PCL files The PostScript setting will print all file types correctly Confirm that Accept Print Jobs and Enable Print Queue are set to Yes Click Apply Exit admintool and test the installation by printing a file Configuring Sun OS version 4 1 Ultrix A UX or other BSD systems Loginas root Assign an IP address and IP name to the printer as described in Step 3 Assigning an IP Address to the Printer earlier in this chapter Make sure the printer s IP name and address are entered inthe etc hosts file If youre using Network Information Service NIS see the NIS manual for instructions on setting up an IP name and address Ma
207. nline before reporting an error Transmission retry specifies how long Windows 95 waits for the printer to be ready before reporting an error Windows 95 Users 249 eoccce 250 Chapter 8 Spool Settings Click to specify how the document is sent from the application to the printer Port Settings Click to change your port settings Add Port The Add Port dialog box lets you add a new port or specify a network path Network When selected tells the driver you want a network printer Specify the path to the network printer in the text box Other Lets you select another type of port such as a FAX port Spool Settings The Spool Settings dialog box specifies spool print jobs and data format Spool print jobs so program finishes printing faster When selected saves printing information on your computer s hard disk until the printer is ready to print Start printing after last page is spooled When selected waits until all printing information has come from the application before sending it to the printer Start printer after first page is spooled When selected starts sending printing information from your disk to the printer after one page has been received from the application Print directly to the printer When selected waits until your printer is ready before sending the print job from the application to the printer Spool data format Lets you specify the format in which to store printing information on your disk
208. nloaded By contrast when you manually download a Type 1 font with the Font Downloader the font remains in printer memory RAM until you switch off or restart the printer or when memory limitations are exceeded Manually downloading frequently used fonts therefore reduces printing time because the fonts do not have to be sent to the printer each time they are used Keep in mind however that fonts manually downloaded to RAM reduce the overall amount of memory available for printing and so may affect the printing of documents that do not contain the downloaded fonts In addition to downloading fonts you can also use the Font Downloader to perform various printer management tasks such as listing and removing downloaded fonts manually downloading PostScript language files clearing the printer font cache and resynchronizing your printer with the Windows driver See your network administrator for more information about performing these tasks on your network or choose the Help button in the Font Downloader dialog box to see instructions for these tasks Downloading fonts manually to RAM Fonts need to be downloaded only once Users who want to use fonts that have already been downloaded should use the Job Control tab dialog box described earlier in this chapter to turn on Do Not Download Fonts Otherwise the fonts will be downloaded again wasting time and system resources From the Program Manager open the Control Panel Double clic
209. npacking 5 7 Setup dialog box Windows 3 1 208 218 Features tab in 214 215 Fonts tab in 212 213 Job Control tab in 215 216 Index 373 eccoce 374 eccoce Index opening from an application 208 opening from the Control Panel 207 opening from the Print Manager 208 Paper tab in 209 PostScript tab in 210 211 selecting options in 208 218 Watermark tab in 216 4218 Sharing tab dialog on Windows 95 251 252 sharing the printer on a network Windows 95 25 1 252 sheet feeder See 500 sheet cassette and feeder option shrinking or enlarging printed image Windows 3 1 209 Windows 95 240 side cover removing 152 replacing 157 Silicon Graphics IRIX configuring TCP IP setup 127 SIMMs dimensions of 353 handling 153 installing 155 158 removing 157 sizes and speeds of 353 SIMM slots 155 simplex printing speed of 348 Smooth Graphics option Mac OS Page Setup dialog box 175 Smooth Text option Mac OS Page Setup dialog box 175 software See application programs printer software utilities Solaris 113 114 space requirements for the printer 350 special effects printing Mac OS 174 specifications 345 351 speed of printer 1 348 spool settings Windows 95 250 spreadsheets problems printing NetWare 309 Start icon Windows 95 95 startup page 24 default printer name on 64 turning on and off Mac OS 45 Windows 96 status lights 26 290 storing printer 351 toner cartridge 351 stripes on printed page
210. nsert the plug into the outlet contact a licensed electrician to replace the outlet with a properly grounded outlet Do not defeat the purpose of the grounding plug For your own safety and that of your equipment always take the following precautions Disconnect the power plug by pulling the plug not the cord if any of the following conditions exists the power cord or plug becomes frayed or otherwise damaged you spill something into the case your printer is exposed to rain or any other excess moisture your printer has been dropped or the case has been otherwise damaged you suspect that your printer needs service or repair you want to clean the case use only the recommended procedure described in Chapter 11 Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 3 Chapter 1 Be sure that you always do the following Keep the printer s vents free from obstruction Keep your printer away from sources of liquids such as wash basins bathtubs shower stalls and so on Protect your printer from dampness or wet weather such as rain snow and so on Read all the installation instructions carefully before you plug your printer into a wall socket Keep these instructions handy for reference by you and others Follow all instructions and warnings dealing with your system WARNING Electrical equipment may be hazardous if misused Operation of this product or similar products must always be supervised by an adult Do not allow chil
211. nt Al I Courier Oblique 10 TK font A Courier Obtique 12 Combining suitcases To merge all the fonts from one suitcase with another drag one suitcase on top of the other All the fonts from the dragged suitcase will go into the other and the dragged suitcase will disappear Note To avoid confusion rename a font suitcase whenever you put more fonts into it For example if you decide to merge Helvetica Helvetica Black and Helvetica Compressed name the suitcase something like Helvetica Regular Black Condensed A suitcase can also contain fonts from different font families although you should keep all fonts of the same family in the same suitcase All the fonts will still appear in menus with their proper names You treat a suitcase as you would a folder To open a suitcase you double click it To add a font you drag the font s icon to the suitcase and drop it in To remove a font you drag its icon out of the suitcase To create a font suitcase duplicate an existing one and throw away its contents Then rename the suitcase as appropriate and drag whatever fonts you want into it You cannot have more than 128 font suitcases in the Fonts folder Size limits for suitcases No matter how many fonts you have in a single suitcase the Fonts folder counts the suitcase as a single unit There s no limit to the number of fonts in a single suitcase but the suitcase cannot be larger than 16 megabytes
212. nt a Welcome dialog box appears 10 11 Click Continue After a moment the Install dialog box appears At the top of the dialog box is a pop up menu set to allow you to perform an Easy install Easy Install installs all the software you need It installs the LaserWriter 8 software the Desktop PrintMonitor the Apple Printer Utility and the Control Strip module if the Control Strip is installed Custom Install lets you specify what portions of the software you would like to install IMPORTANT The Installer checks to make sure you have what you need to use the printer software If youre missing anything a message tells you what you need You wont be able to install the software until you correct the problem If a dialog box says you don t have the correct system software you can purchase a new version from an Apple authorized dealer Click the Install button The Installer takes a few moments to calculate what needs to be done and then begins to copy files Follow the instructions on the screen until the installation is complete After the installation the Installer tells you to restart your computer Click the Restart button The software is now installed on the hard disk If you turned off any automatic virus detection programs on your computer turn them back on now After you restart you may notice a new icon on your desktop one that represents a desktop printer You will also see the Apple LaserWriter Softwar
213. nt Setup command in their File menus Choose the Print Setup command from the File menu This command usually displays the Print Setup dialog box If you are using more than one printer select the printer you want to set up Click the Options or Setup button to display the Setup dialog box Note The names of the commands and buttons used to display the printer Setup dialog box vary from program to program See your programs documentation for the precise command and button names it uses Opening the printer Setup dialog box from the Print Manager From the Program Manager double click the Print Manager icon to display the Print Manager Select the printer you want to set up from the list of Printers Choose the Setup or Printer Setup command from the Options menu Select the printer you want to set up and click Setup Selecting printer options in the Setup dialog box You can change the most commonly used printer settings from the Setup dialog box The tabs in the dialog box also give you access to additional printer settings For information about these settings see Additional Printer Options next The previous sections explain how to open the Setup dialog box The Paper tab dialog box is displayed first Apple LaserWriter 12 640 PS on LPT1 l Paper Features Fonts PostScript l Job Control Watermark Output Format Posts cript Paper Source auto Tray Select Paper Siz
214. nter s default to have PhotoGrade turned on or off If you want to You need this much printer memory Turn on PhotoGrade or use the 12 MB duplex printing option Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 20 MB print on all size paper except legal Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 24 MB print on all size paper including legal You can also change the way the images print by increasing or decreasing the number of gray levels used to reproduce them More levels of gray produce a more natural looking photographic quality However increasing the number of grays also decreases the resolution of the image For each level of gray a unique pattern of laser pulses is required to produce a printed dot More gray levels require more variations in such patterns which in turn require the printer to use larger more noticeable dots You can experiment with various settings to find the balance that suits your needs Choose Imaging Options from the Utilities menu The Imaging Options dialog box appears Choose the printer resolution Click the FinePrint on or off button Click the PhotoGrade on or off button Drag the Frequency Angle slider to set screen angle and resolution Click OK A page prints confirming the choice Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 103 eoevce 104 Chapter 3 Printing the configuration page You can print a listing of the current configuration settings and other information about the printer This
215. nterface connectors You can view and change the standard communication settings for the printer with the Apple LaserWriter Utility The NetWare TCP IP and Parallel interfaces are set to AutoSelect which turns on automatic language sensing Automatic language sensing allows the printer to receive information over the network and determine which page description language PostScript or PCL5 is required Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 99 100 Chapter 3 You make changes to the communication settings with the printer s communication switch set in the Normal in position This makes all communication settings available for changes Communication switch For more information about connecting the printer to LocalTalk Ethernet and parallel ports see Connecting the Printer in Chapter 1 For more information about setting the communication switch on the printer see Adjusting Communication Settings in Chapter 1 Choose Configure Port from the Utilities menu Choose the port settings you want You can set the Parallel interface to PostScript mode PCLS mode or AutoSelect mode which automatically senses whether PostScript or PCLS mode should be selected You can also set the Parallel protocol to normal raw or TBCP The LocalTalk interface is always set to PostScript mode You can set the EtherTalk interface to PostScript mode or turn it off You can set the NetWa
216. o devices on an Ethernet network disconnect one Ethernet cable from the transceiver of the device immediately to the left or right of the printer and plug it into the new printer s transceiver Then use the new Ethernet cable to connect the free socket on the printer s transceiver to the socket you freed on the other device s transceiver a To connect the printer to an Ethernet hub see the documentation that came with the Ethernet hub Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 21 eoevce 22 Chapter 1 1 What to do after connecting to an Ethernet network If you wish to connect the printer directly to a Windows or DOS computer see the next section If youre finished connecting the printer skip to Adjusting Communication Settings later in this chapter See Chapters 2 3 and 4 for more information about setting up the printer for different network interfaces Connecting to a Windows or DOS computer with a parallel cable Obtain a parallel interface cable like this one connector Centronics 2 Use the parallel cable to connect the computer to the printer Secure the clips Attach the cable s smaller connector to the parallel port on the printer Attach the cable to the parallel port on your computer Your computer s parallel port may be in a different location lt p Parallel interface cable What to do after connecting directly to a Windows o
217. o remove some of the complex detail from that page or spread the information over two pages and try again to print it Also find Desktop PrintMonitor in the Extensions folder in the System Folder and use the Get Info command to increase its memory size If you encounter the out of memory message frequently you can remedy this by increasing the amount of memory in the printer See Chapter 5 Fixing Other Problems 303 304 Chapter 13 Printer specific options don t appear in the Print dialog box Make sure the hardware options are properly installed in the printer as described in Chapter 5 If the desktop printer extension is turned on select a desktop printer icon Choose Change Setup from the Printing menu then click Auto Setup in the dialog box that appears If the desktop printer extension is turned off open the Chooser and click the LaserWriter 8 icon Click the Setup button then click Auto Setup in the dialog box that appears Nothing is printed no paper comes out of the printer If you don t get any response from the printer when you try to print a document try the following steps a Make sure you printed to the intended printer a Check your desktop printer for error messages Double click the desktop printer icon to open the Desktop PrintMonitor a Try printing again but select the Print Detailed Report option Choose the Print command Choose PostScript Error Handling then select Print Detailed Repor
218. o the cassette Slide the paper under the bracket at the front of the cassette Push the paper down if necessary but don t overload the cassette or the paper may jam when you print Make sure the paper fits Slide paper under under this corner bracket the retainers Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 13 Load three hole punched paper face down with the holes toward the left side of the cassette Load letterhead paper face down with the tops of the pages at the front of the cassette the handle end Align letterhead and three hole punched paper as shown 7 Adjust the length and width guides so that they fit snugly against the paper Adjust the length and width guides to fit the size paper you re using 14 Chapter 1 8 Slide the cassette into the printer Push the cassette in all the way Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 15 Connecting the printer Chapter 1 You can connect the printer to many computers and networks using the printer s LocalTalk Ethernet and parallel ports The printer prints only one user s job at a time but it manages incoming print jobs from all ports so that no printing conflicts or problems occur Unless you specify otherwise it also automatically senses which printer language PostScript or PCL5 the job requires Note If you are connecting the printer to a network with routers that combine LocalTalk and EtherTalk into one logical zone only one printer po
219. o the document as is appropriate for PostScript and PCL5 print jobs Replace path_to_this_queues_spool_directory with the pathname of the unique directory created for this queue Optionally replace path_to_this_queues_log_file with the unique pathname of the file where error information from the 1pd command will be logged Create the spool directory that you specified in step 11 mkdir path_to_this_queues_spool_directory 13 14 To test the connection type the ping command from a workstation on the same subnet as the printer ping printer_IP_name If the ping command responds by telling you that the printer is alive on the network the address assignment was successful If the ping command does not respond or tells you the printer was not found then the address assignment failed Try the steps in this procedure again making sure you type the printer s Ethernet address exactly as it appears on the startup page If it still doesn t work see the troubleshooting suggestions in Chapter 13 Test printing with the following command lp d queue_name filename Configuring IBM AIX version 3 x Loginas root Assign an IP address and IP name to the printer as described in Step 3 Assigning an IP Address to the Printer earlier in this chapter Make sure the printer s IP name and address are entered inthe etc hosts file At the UNIX prompt type the following to run the SMIT utility smit To add a remote queue c
220. o the icon of the printer you want to use Select the printer using its desktop printer icon If you already have a desktop printer icon for the printer you want to use follow these steps to select the printer without immediately printing anything on it Click the icon of the desktop printer you want to use A Printing menu appears on the menu bar at the top of the screen Choose the Set Default Printer command from the Printing menu Until you choose another printer the Print command will send your documents to this printer Shortcut Select a desktop printer and press 3 1 to make that printer the default printer Select a new printer using the Chooser If you don t have a desktop printer icon for the printer you want to use you must select the printer using the Chooser The Chooser will then create a desktop printer icon for the printer that you select Select the Chooser from the Apple menu Select the printer that you want Click the Create button to set up the printer Close the Chooser by clicking the close box in the upper left corner When you click Create the Chooser creates a desktop printer icon for the printer you selected Select a new printer from the Printer icon in the desktop menu A printer icon is created next to the Help menu when you install the LaserWriter software Only printers that have desktop icons associated with them are listed in the Printer menu Selecting a printer from this menu makes th
221. ocol choices appears LaserWriter 12 640 PS Set Defaults Update Info v Communication Configuration Printer s Zone TCP IP Configuration Port Configuration Default LocalTalk Port LocalTalk Mode PostScript Ethernet Port EtherTalk Mode PostScript v NetWare Mode AutoSelect hd TCP IP Mode AutoSelect X Parallel Port Parallel Mode AutoSelect X Protocol Raw m Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users eccooo 55 56 Chapter 2 Choose the port settings you want The LocalTalk interface is always set to PostScript mode You can set the EtherTalk interface to PostScript mode or turn it off You can set the NetWare interface to PostScript mode PCL5 mode AutoSelect mode which automatically senses whether PostScript or PCLS mode should be selected or turn it off You can set the TCP IP interface to PostScript mode PCL5 mode AutoSelect mode which automatically senses whether PostScript or PCLS mode should be selected or turn it off You can set the Parallel interface to PostScript mode PCLS mode or AutoSelect mode which automatically senses whether PostScript or PCLS mode should be selected You can also set the Parallel protocol to normal raw or TBCP IMPORTANT If you activate the EtherTalk NetWare or TCP IP interface the change does not take effect until the printer is restarted Click Send to send the communication configuration settings to the p
222. off a Tray Switch Turns tray switching on or off Job Control Click the Job Control tab to display the Job Control tab dialog box which controls such options as when the PostScript header and the PostScript error handler are sent to your printer Apple LaserWriter 12 640 PS on LPT1 Paper Features Fonts PostScript Job Control Watermark r Printer Mode Error Handler ASCII Mode f Send Mode Send Error Handler With Each Job lt Binary Mode r PostScript Header Font Control amp Download Each Job Download Do Not Download Fonts lt Already Downloaded About hep Cancel KK m Printer Mode Lets you set up the printer to receive data in ASCII or binary format m PostScript Header The PostScript header contains instructions that a PostScript printer needs to print documents created by the driver If your printer is connected directly to your computer only you can save time by choosing the Download button to send the PostScript header only once when you switch on your printer Download Each Job tells the driver to send the PostScript header with every document Already Downloaded tells the driver not to send the PostScript header with documents Download tells the driver to send the header when you choose the Download button Windows 3 1 and DOS Users 215 eoecce 216 Chapter 7 m Error Handler Tells the driver to send a special PostScript error handler
223. olaris for 113 114 guide for administrators 107 132 initial TCP IP setup for 108 112 installing the printer software 108 obtaining an IP address for the printer 108 printing from 253 254 setting up the printer for 107 132 troubleshooting 310 Unlimited Downloadable Fonts in a Document option Mac OS Page Setup dialog box 175 unpacking the printer 5 upgrading RAM 150 158 benefits of 150 discharging static electricity during RAM installation 151 153 154 purchasing RAM 150 RAM configuration list 151 specifications for 353 utilities See Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows Apple Printer Utility for Mac OS TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility V vents keeping unobstructed 2 vertical orientation Mac OS Page Setup dialog box 175 virus detection programs turn off before installing printer software 31 60 voltage requirements 351 Index 377 ecoooo 378 eccoee Index W X Y Wait Timeout option Windows 3 1 PostScript tab dialog box 211 Windows 95 Properties dialog box 243 watermarks color of Windows 95 247 editing Windows 3 1 217 218 Windows 95 246 positioning Windows 95 247 printing Windows 3 1 209 216 218 Windows 95 246 Watermark tab dialog box Windows 3 1 216 218 Windows 95 245 wavy or distorted print 299 weight of the printer 5 350 white voids on printed page 300 Windows See Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows Windows computers Windows NT Windows 3 1 computer
224. ons and some areas of overlap For a list of each utility s functions see Appendix A Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users 127 128 Chapter 4 Using the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility You can use telnet a standard UNIX terminal emulation program to log in to the printer s configuration utility The changes you make in the utility affect all printer users on your TCP IP network you don t need to repeat this process for each workstation on the network You can use the utility to print a configuration page m show information about the TCP IP interface a turn PostScript banner pages on or off for TCP IP print jobs change the printer s IP address a set the TCP IP subnet mask a identify the default gateway IP address a enable or disable TCP IP connection timeout checking a change the password for this utility a reset the printers TCP IP interface m restore all settings to the factory defaults Logging in to the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility To run the utility follow these steps Use telnet to log in to the printer s TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility by typing telnet printer_IP_name The printer responds by displaying a message on your screen welcoming you to the Configuration Utility Enter a password The first time you log in to the printer it requires you to assign a password to the utility The password must be between 5 and 10 characters long The characters you type will not appear on
225. ont appears in three sizes for TrueType fonts and in the size you opened for bitmapped fonts Palatino T Palatino 12 frogs ean lewel six piqued How TaspTback jumping w razorback jumpirig frogs car level l i i six piqued gymnaste How razorback jumping frogs can level six piqued i gymnasts To use this font drag it onto your System Folder Sample hudba How razorback jumping frogs can level six piqued gymnasts To use this font drag it onto your System Folder You can also use the Key Caps desk accessory to examine fonts See the documentation that came with your computer for instructions QuickDraw GX imaging technology A QuickDraw GX font is a TrueType or PostScript font with an additional set of sophisticated features These features include extremely accurate typographic elements such as ligatures and kerning plus the ability to skew rotate and add perspective to text in extremely flexible ways QuickDraw GX is more than a font format it s a sophisticated printing and display technology that supports complex graphics and advanced typography Using Fonts With the Printer eoevce 333 334 How TrueType fonts work with other kinds of fonts Appendix C Although TrueType fonts offer distinct advantages your LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer can also use other kinds of fonts TrueType and bitmapped fonts Mac OS computers running S
226. ookman Demiltalic Bookman Light Bookman LightItalic Courier Courier Bold Courier BoldOblique Courier Oblique Helvetica Helvetica Bold Helvetica Bold Oblique Helvetica Narrow Helvetica Narrow Bold Helvetica Narrow BoldOblique Helvetica Narrow Oblique Helvetica Oblique NewCentury Schoolbook Bold NewCentury Schoolbook BoldItalic NewCentury Schoolbook Italic NewCentury Schoolbook Roman Palatino Bold Palatino BoldItalic Palatino Italic Palatino Roman Symbol Times Bold Times Bold Italic Times Italic Times Roman Zapf Chancery Mediumltalic Zapf Dingbats The following PCL fonts are resident in the printer ROM Times Roman Time Bold Time Italic Times Bold Italic Univers Medium Univers Medium Bold Univers Medium Italic Univers Medium Bold Italic Courier 12 pitch 10 point Medium Courier 12 pitch 10 point Bold Courier 12 pitch 10 point Italic Courier 10 pitch 12 point Medium Courier 10 pitch 12 point Bold Courier 10 pitch 12 point Italic Line Printer Font 16 67 pitch 8 5 point Medium Technical Information 347 348 Appendix D Speed a Simplex 12 pages per minute maximum using A4 size paper Actual speed depends on the images printed a Duplex 8 pages per minute maximum using U S letter size paper Actual speed depends on the images printed Printer reliability MTBF a Average number of prints between failure is 180 000 pages Toner cartridge life expectancy a Life expectan
227. op few inches of the page try the following step Print two or three more copies of your page these problems often occur only on the first rotation of the photosensitive drum inside the printer The printer isn t printing from the correct paper tray Check that the correct page size is selected in the Mac OS or Windows Page Setup dialog box mm Fixing Other Problems This chapter provides solutions to problems you may have printing with the LaserWriter 12 640 PS from Mac OS Windows DOS and UNIX computers Troubleshooting with the indicator lights To diagnose and fix problems by checking the indicator lights on the front of the printer see Chapter 12 Mac OS computer troubleshooting If you are using the LaserWriter 12 640 PS from a Mac OS computer use this section for troubleshooting tips The Chooser does not appear in the Apple menu If the Chooser isrt listed in the Apple menu the System file on your startup disk may be outdated or you may have removed the Chooser from the Apple Menu Items folder in the System Folder on your startup disk You can obtain the current system software from an Apple authorized dealer Make sure that you have only one System Folder on your startup disk 301 302 Chapter 13 No LaserWriter 8 icon appears in the Chooser Make sure that the LaserWriter 8 driver is properly installed The printer driver may be on your startup disk but may have been moved to the wrong locatio
228. or Windows DOS and NetWare Users This chapter describes how to set up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS for use with IBM PC or compatible computers running Windows 3 1 Windows 95 Windows NT or DOS It provides detailed procedures for setting up the printer for use on a Novell NetWare network and instructions for installing and using the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows System requirements for Windows 95 To use the printer your computer system must meet these requirements IBM PC or compatible with an 80486 or higher CPU hard disk drive at least 8 MB of RAM Microsoft Windows 95 CD ROM drive or 3 5 inch floppy disk drive that reads 144 MB disks If you re using the printer on a network you must set up your network client software You may use Client Software for NetWare Network from Microsoft as your network client software Installing all the printer software requires approximately 35 MB of free space on your hard disk 63 64 System requirements for Windows 3 1 To use the printer your computer system must meet these requirements IBM PC or compatible with an 80386 or higher CPU hard disk drive at least 4 megabytes MB of random access memory RAM Microsoft Windows 3 1 or higher or Windows for Workgroups 3 11 or higher MS DOS version 3 3 or higher 5 0 or higher recommended CD ROM drive or 3 5 inch floppy disk drive that reads 144 MB disks NetWare requires an 80386 CPU with NetWare version 3 12 or higher
229. or Windows 3 1 into a floppy disk drive From the Windows Program Manager choose Run from the File menu Type a setup or b setup depending on which drive holds your installation disk in the command line field and click OK After a few moments a message appears warning you to close all other applications before continuing with this installation Click Continue if you have no other open applications If you have open applications click Exit to stop this installation Close all other applications and start the installation process again A message appears that lets you view the README WRI file for late breaking news Click Yes to view the README WRI file When you have finished reading the README WRI file choose Exit from the File menu in the Microsoft Write application A welcome message is displayed that allows you to select Express Installation Custom Installation Printer Driver Only or De Install Express Installation installs all the software you need It creates the Apple LaserWriter Software program group and installs within it the PostScript driver a ReadMe file and the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows which you use to name the printer and perform various printer administrative functions 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Custom Installation lets you specify what portions of the software you would like to install Printer Driver Only installs only the PostScript printer driver and printer descrip
230. ou whether you want to add the printer to the Printer s subpanel Click Yes or No Click OK Choose Exit from the File menu Click the Exit SAM button Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users 121 eoevce 122 Chapter 4 12 13 To test the connection type the ping command from a workstation on the same subnet as the printer ping printer_IP_name If the ping command responds by telling you that the printer is alive on the network the address assignment was successful If the ping command does not respond or tells you the printer was not found then the address assignment failed Try the steps in this procedure again making sure you type the printer s Ethernet address exactly as it appears on the startup page If it still doesn t work see the troubleshooting suggestions in Chapter 13 Test printing with the following command lp d queue_name filename If the test print doesn t work If the test document doesn t print check the configuration by following these steps Check whether the rip daemon is running At the UNIX prompt type ps e grep rlp If the process is running you will see one or more lines of text it it is not running you will see no response If rlp is running that is you saw one or more lines of text in step 1 kill the process by typing kill 15 process_number_from_step_l Make sure the following entry isinthe etc inetd conf file printer stream tcp nowait root usr lib
231. our printer software to remove the 500 sheet cassette and feeder Installing Options 145 eoecce 146 Installing the envelope cassette Chapter 5 IMPORTANT The LaserWriter 12 640 PS envelope cassette fits into the 500 sheet feeder For instructions on installing the optional 500 sheet cassette and feeder see Installing the 500 Sheet Cassette and Feeder earlier in this chapter Unpack the envelope cassette and remove all packing materials Remove the 500 sheet cassette and insert the envelope cassette Envelope cassette 500 sheet feeder Configure your printer software to use the envelope feeder For configuration instructions see Configuring Your Printer Software for New Options later in this chapter For instructions for loading paper into the envelope cassette see Chapter 10 For information about printing options see Chapter 6 if you are using the Mac OS a see Chapter 7 if you are using Windows 3 1 or DOS a see Chapter 8 if you are using Windows 95 Installing the face up output tray Follow these instructions to install the LaserWriter 12 640 PS face up output tray You can install the face up tray onto the back of the printer or the duplex printing unit 1 Unpack the face up output tray and remove all packing materials 2 Line up the tabs on the bottom edge of the face up output tray with the holes in the back of the printer 3 Gently push down on the face up output tray to insert the tabs
232. ox You can view the setup dialog box by selecting the desktop printer icon and choosing Change Setup from the Printing menu Printing an envelope Open the multipurpose tray Adjust the width guide to fit the envelope Tuck the envelope flap inside the envelope This helps prevent the flap from causing a paper jam Some envelopes come unglued when subjected to the heat inside the printer High quality envelopes are likely to hold up better during the printing process Set your program to print lengthwise on the envelope On a Mac OS computer choose Page Setup from the File menu select the Landscape orientation icon and click OK On a Windows 3 1 computer open the Printer Setup dialog box and select Landscape in the Orientation option On a Windows 95 computer open the print Properties dialog box and select Landscape in the Paper tab Set your program to print using the multipurpose tray On a Mac OS computer choose Print from the File menu select Manual Feed from the Paper Source pop up menu and click Print On a Windows 3 1 computer open the Printer Setup dialog box select the multipurpose tray from the Paper Source options and click OK to close the Setup dialog box Choose the Print command from the File menu and click OK On a Windows 95 computer open the print Properties dialog box and select the multipurpose tray from the Paper Source option in the Paper tab Loading Paper 267 When the printer s Pape
233. ozone emission 354 PostScript Printer Description PPD files 352 353 RAM upgrade specifications 353 specifications 345 851 television and radio interference xvi telpret assigning IP address with 109 111 troubleshooting 312 logging in to TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility with 128 temperature 350 testing the printer Mac OS 36 thin coaxial transceiver 20 three hole punched paper loading into 500 sheet cassette 275 loading into multipurpose tray 263 loading into paper cassette 14 timeout options Windows 3 1 211 Windows 95 243 toner cartridge installing for the first time 8 11 life expectancy of 348 part number for 356 replacing 279 285 storing 351 types to use 8 toner powder redistributing 298 troubleshooting 297 299 top cover on printer closing 11 285 opening 6 280 transceivers Ethernet 6 346 transparencies do not mix with other types of paper 256 loading into multipurpose tray 269 printing Mac OS 176 tray See face up output tray multipurpose tray output tray tray switching feature Mac OS 48 Windows 97 Windows 3 1 215 Windows 95 241 242 Index 375 eccoce 376 eccoce troubleshooting IBM PC or compatible computers 307 308 message on screen says the printer can t print 307 nothing is printed no paper comes out of the printer 307 308 printing first page takes longer than expected 308 printing is garbled or displays unwanted characters 308 jagged edges jaggies
234. p 3 Assigning a Password for the Print Server Optional later in this chapter RPRINTER To set up the printer as a remote printer read about how to use PCONSOLE in the next section then skip to Step 2 Option B Setting Up the Printer as a Remote Printer RPRINTER Mode later in this chapter For both PSERVER and RPRINTER you must also follow the instructions in Step 4 Setting Up the PostScript Printer Driver for NetWare later in this chapter For more information about using the Apple LaserWriter Utility read Setting Additional Parameters With the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows later in this chapter For instructions on setting up the printer for access by Mac OS clients on a NetWare network see Appendix B Using PCONSOLE PCONSOLE is a DOS based utility for configuring printers on a NetWare network This chapter provides information on the set of basic PCONSOLE operations required to set up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS PCONSOLE is not provided with the printer It comes with your NetWare software Detailed information about PCONSOLE can be found in your NetWare documentation The descriptions of PCONSOLE in this guide assume the use of keyboard commands to navigate through the program and perform operations With the installation of a DOS mouse driver you can also use a mouse to make selections and choose options The table below lists some basic PCONSOLE key commands Command key Description
235. pear in the Apple LaserWriter Utility s list of printers to configure If you don t see the printer s name in the Apple LaserWriter Utility try the following steps a Make sure you have the right printer model selected a Make sure the NetWare file server is running a Turn the printer off and then on again The printer advertises itself to the NetWare file servers on its network segment for only 5 minutes after power up to reduce network traffic m Check that the NetWare file server and the printer are on the same segment of the network If they are on different segments you can configure the printer by specifying the IPX network number and the ethernet node address See Connecting to a Network Printer Manually in Chapter 3 a Check the printer s frame type printed on the start up page Make sure it matches your computer s frame type or from your NetWare file server s frame type If the frame type is different use the Connect to the Printer Manually command to change the frame type to the desired value See Connecting to a Network Printer Manually in Chapter 3 for more information The printer is properly connected and configured but printing is garbled or displays unwanted characters If your printer is connected to the server through a parallel port connection display the PostScript Options dialog box and make sure that Protocol Options is set to Default This dialog box is available through the Setup command
236. porary changes to your printer setup to create a PostScript file as described next Windows 3 1 and DOS Users 221 eoevce 222 Chapter 7 Using the driver to print to a PostScript file Using the driver to print to a PostScript file is a three step process First change your printer setup then use your program to create the file and finally reset your printer setup for normal printing Step 1 Changing your printer setup to print to a PostScript file From the Program Manager open the Control Panel and double click the Printers icon The Printers dialog box appears If it is not already selected select the name of the PostScript printer that you are using from the Installed Printers list Select Connect The Connect dialog box appears Select FILE from the Ports list box You may have to scroll through the list to find this selection Choose OK to close the Connect dialog box and return to the Printers dialog box Choose Setup The driver Setup dialog box appears After changing or confirming your printer settings choose OK to close the dialog box Note Choose settings in the PostScript Options dialog box that will produce a file that prints correctly on the destination printer For example select the Use PostScript Level 2 Features option if you are sure that you will be printing the file only on Level 2 printers such as the LaserWriter 12 640 PS If you plan to use a printer that does not support binary comm
237. ppears warning you to close all other applications before continuing with this installation 5 Click Continue if you have no other open applications If you have open applications click Exit to stop this installation Close all other applications and start the installation process again A message appears that lets you view the README WRI file for late breaking news 6 Click Yes to view the README WRI file 7 When you have finished reading the README WRI file choose Exit from the File menu in the Notepad application A Welcome dialog box is displayed that allows you to select Express Installation Custom Installation Print Driver Only or De Install Express Installation installs all the software you need It creates the Apple LaserWriter Software program group and installs within it the ReadMe file and the Apple LaserWriter Utility which you use to name the printer and perform various printer administrative functions Windows 3 1 and DOS Users 199 200 Chapter 7 10 11 12 13 14 Print Driver Only installs the minimum software needed for printing only It does not install the Apple LaserWriter Utility Custom Installation lets you specify what portions of the software you would like to install You can install one or more of the following LaserWriter Printer Driver Apple LaserWriter Utility Apple Printer Utility Apple Print Monitor and PPDs onto Windows NT The Apple Printer Utility and Apple Print Monitor o
238. press Enter The Printer type list appears Choose Other Unknown from the list and press Enter Ethernet falls into the Other Unknown category To save the changes press Esc once then press Enter Press Esc three times to return to the Available Options menu Now that the print server is specified and an operating mode is selected you need to create a print queue and associate it with the print server as described in the next section Creating a print queue and associating it with the print server In this section you will create a print queue to associate with the printer In the Available Options menu select Print Queues and press Enter The Print Queues window appears listing currently existing queues if any exist Press Ins to create a new print queue At the prompt type the new queue name and press Enter The new queue name now appears in the list of print queues If the new queue name is not already selected use the arrow keys to highlight the queue name and press Enter The Print Queue Information menu appears displaying options for managing the print queue Print Jobs Status Attached Print Servers Information Users Operators Print Servers In the Print Queue Information menu select Print Servers and press Enter The Print Servers window appears Because you have not yet assigned a server to the queue the listing should be empty Press Ins to view a list of available queue servers The P
239. press Installation as described in Installing the Software for Windows 95 and Windows 3 1 earlier in this chapter Opening and quitting the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows Start Windows if it s not already running Start the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows If youre using Windows 3 1 go to the Program Manager window and open the Apple LaserWriter Software program group Double click the Apple LaserWriter Utility icon If youre using Windows 95 click the Start icon on the Task Bar and select Programs Apple LaserWriter Software Apple LaserWriter Utility Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 95 96 Chapter 3 In the Printer Selector window that appears select the printer whose setup you want to change and press OK When you re finished using the utility choose Exit from the File menu Naming the printer on AppleTalk networks Each LaserWriter 12 640 PS can be given an individual name for AppleTalk networks Use the following procedure to rename the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Choose Name Printer from the Utilities menu The Name Printer dialog box appears Type the new name Click OK A page prints confirming the printer s new name Be sure to tell users what the printer name is and its location when you install the printer software on their computers or instruct them to do so Turning the startup page on or off The LaserWriter 12 640 PS normally prints a sample page whe
240. printed afterwards Settings you change in an application s Print dialog box override print options you set in the Properties dialog box Opening the printer Properties dialog box from the Control Panel Click the Start icon on the Task Bar select Settings and click Control Panel Double click the Printers icon Select the printer you want to change and choose Properties from the File menu Opening the printer Properties dialog box from the Printer folder Click the Start icon on the Task Bar select Settings and click Printers Select the printer you want to change and choose Properties from the File menu Note The Printers folder that appears is the same Printer folder that you see from the Control Panel Opening the printer Properties dialog box from your application Choose Page Setup from the File menu Click Printer Select the printer you want to change and click Properties To change optional settings for a print job click Properties and then make the changes you want If you save the changes they usually persist from one file to the next However if you exit the application and reopen it later any properties that you changed may be reset to their original default values You can also open the Properties dialog box from the Print dialog box Note You will see less options when opening the Properties dialog box from your application To see the complete set of print options open the Properties dialog box from the Printe
241. printer Stopped icon indicates you have that is not currently chosen stopped the print queue for printing Default icon indicates the printer Error icon indicates there is an you have currently chosen to error on this printer Double click print on the icon to see a message F Printing icon indicates a Disabled icon indicates the document is printing on desktop printing extension is turned this printer off or the LaserWriter extension is no longer in the Extensions folder Chapter 6 Monitoring printing If you are using background printing you can use the desktop printer features to monitor and control the documents that are waiting to print 1 Double click the desktop printer icon you re interested in Sa LaserWriter 127 640 PS A window opens listing the documents that are printing or waiting to print Select a document that s on hold Select a document and click the Set Print and click the Resume Job button Time button to specify when the document to resume printing should be printed Select a document and click the Remove button to cancel the print Select a olal biai request document and click the Hold Job button to put a ccc print request Document Name Pages Copies Print Time on hold Document currently printing Column titles click to sort Documents waiting to print Watching the status messages can be helpful when troubleshooting printing problems When more than one job is waiting to
242. problem and that the paper cassette isn t too full Fixing Paper and Image Problems 297 298 Chapter 12 Nothing is printed on the paper If you get a blank document try the following steps a If the cartridge is new be sure to remove the plastic tape m Redistribute the toner powder by gently rocking the toner cartridge If you still get a blank document the cartridge has run out of toner and needs replacing The image prints in black and white although the original document is in color or grayscale If the printed image contains only black and white areas instead of grays try the following step m Check to make sure that grayscale printing is turned on on a Mac OS computer select the Color Grayscale option in the Print Options dialog box The image is too light If the printed images are too light try the following steps a Change the print density to a darker level a Replace the toner cartridge If you are using a Mac OS computer you can change print density with the Apple Printer Utility For more information see Setting the Print Density in Chapter 2 If you are using an IBM PC or compatible computer you can change print density with the LaserWriter Utility for Windows For more information see Setting the Print Density in Chapter 3 The image is too dark If the image is too dark try the following steps a Change the print density to a lighter level If you are using a Mac OS com
243. programs back on Insert the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Software Installation CD ROM disc into the CD ROM drive The disc s icon appears on the desktop Note Some systems require you to place the CD into a caddy before inserting it into the CD ROM drive Double click the disc icon to open the disk if necessary Double click the MACINTOSH folder if necessary Double click the INSTALL folder if necessary Read the Before You Install file to check for late breaking news Double click the Installer icon to start the Installer program After a moment a Welcome dialog box appears 10 11 12 Click Continue After a moment the Install dialog box appears At the top of the dialog box is a pop up menu set to allow you to perform an Easy Install Easy Install installs all the software you need It installs the LaserWriter 8 software the Desktop PrintMonitor and the Apple Printer Utility Custom Install lets you specify what portions of the software you would like to install IMPORTANT The Installer checks to make sure you have what you need to use the printer software If youre missing anything a message tells you what you need You wont be able to install the software until you correct the problem If a dialog box says you don t have the correct system software you can purchase a new version from an Apple authorized dealer Click the Install button The Installer takes a few moments to calculate what needs to be done a
244. ps Wrap the end of the strap that does not have copper foil on it around your wrist The strap s light adhesive coating keeps it attached to your wrist while allowing for easy removal Remove the backing from the piece of copper foil at the other end of the strap Installing Options 153 3 Attach the copper foil end of the strap to the metal lip on the inside of the printer by pressing the adhesive backing against the metal Copper foil end Metal lip 154 Chapter 5 Installing SIMMs The printer s circuit board has two SIMM slots marked BANK C D on the left and BANK A B on the right for installing additional memory RAM is provided on SIMMs Single Inline Memory Modules that you insert into the slots Se Bank C D Bank A B Depending on the amount of memory youre installing you may need to install one or two SIMMs and perhaps remove a SIMM from a slot in order to insert one that has more memory For example when installing 20 MB of RAM you must remove the 4 MB SIMM from bank A B and reinstall it in bank C D When removing SIMMs always begin by removing the SIMM in bank A B first Removing a SIMM in the C D slot first can be difficult because of the proximity of the slots When installing SIMMs always begin by installing the SIMM in bank C D first Installing a SIMM in the A B slot first can make installing a second SIMM in bank C D difficul
245. ps a Toner smudges may occur after a paper jam In most cases the printer cleans itself after printing several letter size pages You may have previously printed using paper that was too small for the printed document which may have caused some toner to be deposited inside the printer instead of on the paper This can cause smudges on the paper that goes through later In most cases the printer cleans itself after printing several letter size pages Fixing Paper and Image Problems 299 300 Chapter 12 Faded areas or white voids appear on the page If portions of the page are faded or are missing try the following steps Use different paper or transparency material Use paper that has been in a sealed wrapper paper that has been out for a long time may have too much moisture in it Redistribute the toner in the cartridge see Replacing the Toner Cartridge in Chapter 11 Use the Apple Printer Utility or LaserWriter Utility for Windows to change the print density to a darker level If you use a Mac OS computer see Setting the Print Density in Chapter 2 If you use an IBM PC or compatible computer see Setting the Print Density in Chapter 3 Replace the toner cartridge see Replacing the Toner Cartridge in Chapter 11 Blotchy areas or ghost images appear on the page If there are blotchy areas within a gray area or if you see ghosting of images within printed areas particularly on the t
246. pter 11 Each cartridge lasts approximately 6 000 pages depending on the kind of printing you do If you use the printer to produce more graphic images than text you may need to change cartridges more often WARNING Use only cartridges designed for use with your LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer Other cartridges may not fit and may damage the printer Slide the yellow plastic square back and forth to remove any dust Slide the square back and forth Take the cartridge out of its packaging 3 Distribute the toner powder by gently rocking the cartridge back and forth 4 Firmly pull the tab directly away from the cartridge to remove the sealing tape WARNING Pull the tab straight out of the cartridge Don t pull too quickly or at an angle either might damage the seals on the cartridge Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 9 5 Align the arrow on the left side of the toner cartridge with the arrow on the left side of the printer then slide the cartridge downward into the printer Make sure the toner cartridge is inserted all the way and properly seated inside the printer Make sure the toner cartridge is inserted all the way and properly seated inside the printer 10 Chapter 1 6 Close the printer The top cover clicks into place Wait to install the LaserWriter 12 640 PS options If you purchased any of the following options wait to install them until you ve connected the printer to your network
247. ptions when you first create a document Then as you view and format the document it will closely resemble its final printed form Choose Page Setup from the File menu The Page Setup dialog box appears Select the page setup options you want Windows 95 Users 233 234 Chapter 8 Printing documents When you are printing from Windows most application programs display a Print dialog box in which you specify print options such as the number of copies you want printed the layout and which paper tray or cassette will be the paper source Some application programs also add more choices to the Print dialog box For information about such options refer to the documentation that came with the program Choose Print from the File menu In the dialog box that appears make the selections you want Setting printing properties You can change the default properties of the PostScript printer driver For example you can change the default paper orientation from Portrait to Landscape You set printer options in the printer driver Properties dialog box which you can open in three ways as explained in the sections that follow m from the Control Panel m from the Printers folder from your application Note When changing options to print a specific document it s preferable to change the options from within the application Settings you change from within an application will affect that document only and not all documents
248. ptions are included for use with the Apple Color LaserWriter 12 600 PS only De Install lets you remove previously installed LaserWriter software Click Express Install A window appears that keeps you informed as file decompression proceeds Click Restart Windows After Windows restarts the Adobe PostScript Printers control panel appears Select the drive that holds your CD from the Drives list box Select LaserWriter 12 640 PS from the PostScript Printer Descriptions Available list and Click Install The PostScript printer driver files are installed on the hard disk A message appears telling you that the driver software was successfully installed Click OK to dismiss the message Select another Apple LaserWriter printer if you want and click Install to install Repeat for each printer you want to install You can install other Apple LaserWriter printers supported by the software When you re done click Close A message appears telling you to use the Printers control panel to connect and set up the printers you ve installed By default each printer uses LPT 1 The Printers control panel Setup dialog box lets you specify a different port for example LPT2 or a NetWare queue Installation is complete 15 Choose how to proceed For most users connected via the parallel cable the default printer driver settings should suffice If your computer is connected to the printer over a NetWare network follow these steps
249. puter see Setting the Print Density in Chapter 2 for details If you are using an IBM PC or compatible computer see Setting the Print Density in Chapter 3 a Replace the toner cartridge it may need to be changed The page prints solid black If your document prints black turn your printer off and on again If your document still prints black your printer needs servicing Printer prints simplex even though duplex printing is specified If your document prints in simplex mode only on one side instead of duplex mode check the following a Is the optional duplex printing unit installed a Does the printer have at least 12 MB of memory a Is duplex printing selected in the Print dialog box Unwanted lines or stripes appear If white or dark vertical or horizontal lines or stripes appear on the page try the following remedies Each procedure is described in detail in Replacing the Toner Cartridge in Chapter 11 a Gently rock the cartridge to redistribute the toner a Replace the toner cartridge a Clean the mirror by sliding the yellow plastic square back and forth to remove any toner residue The image is wavy or distorted If a gray shaded area appears wavy or distorted the toner cartridge may be low or the toner may need to be redistributed see Replacing the Toner Cartridge in Chapter 11 Toner smudges appear on front or back of paper If stains appear on the paper try the following ste
250. r Once connected change the printer s Ethernet frame type to use the frame type that you want Click Send to send the changes to the printer Installing Type 1 fonts and Adobe Type Manager What to do next Chapter 3 You can install Type 1 fonts and Adobe Type Manager for use with your computer and the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer See the documentation accompanying Adobe Type Manager for information on installing and using the software The printer is now set up for your computer If you want to install any options see Chapter 5 To set up the printer for UNIX users see Chapter 4 To learn how to print from Windows 3 1 or DOS computers see Chapter 7 To learn how to print from Windows 95 computers see Chapter 8 Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users This chapter explains how to prepare the printer for UNIX users Users computers must be connected to the printer by an Ethernet network using TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol Before you begin Set up the printer as described in Chapter 1 remembering to unpack and prepare the printer connect the printer to your TCP IP network using Ethernet cables plug in and turn on the printer Keep the startup page that automatically prints out It contains information you Il need 107 108 Initial TCP IP setup Chapter 4 Before UNIX users can use the printer the printer administrator must assign an IP address for the printer as described in
251. r Geneva New York and Monaco Text sizes in the printed document are scaled to compensate for size differences between the corresponding families of screen and printer fonts a Select Smooth Text to smooth edges of letters when your printer is printing fonts as bitmapped fonts a Select Smooth Graphics to smooth ragged edges of lines in bitmapped graphics a Select Precision Bitmap Alignment to make printed bitmapped graphics more precisely match the screen image a Select Unlimited Downloadable Fonts in a Document to print the document using as many downloadable fonts as you need The fonts will be sent to the printer used and then removed from the printer s memory The document will be printed more slowly Click OK to close the Page Setup dialog box You can make the printer s current page setup settings the default software settings by holding down the Option key and clicking OK Some programs may not support this method of setting defaults Printing documents When you are printing from a Mac OS computer most application programs display a Print dialog box in which you specify print options such as the number of copies you want printed whether to print all or part of a document and which paper tray or cassette will be the paper source Some application programs also add more choices to the Print dialog box For information about such options refer to the documentation that came with the program Mac OS Users 175
252. r 16 600 PS a LaserWriter 16 600 PSf a LaserWriter Color 12 600 PS a LaserWriter 12 640 PS 352 Appendix D You can optionally install the Windows PPD files for these Apple LaserWriter printers LaserWriter Select 360 LaserWriter Pro 600 LaserWriter Pro 630 LaserWriter Color 12 600 PS LaserWriter 16 600 PS LaserWriter 12 640 PS RAM upgrade specifications To increase the printers RAM purchase SIMMs with the following specifications SIMM dimensions Length 10795 mm 0 20 mm 4 25 in 008 Height 25 53 mm 1 005 in maximum SIMM sizes and speeds Size Configuration Speed Connector type 4 MB SIMM 1M X 32 bit one 4 MB bank 70 ns or less 72 pin 8 MB SIMM 2 M X 32 bit two 4 MB banks 70 ns or less 72 pin 16 MB SIMM 4M X 32 bit one 16 MB bank 70 ns or less 72 pin 32 MB SIMM 8 M X 32 bit two 16 MB banks 70 ns or less 72 pin Must have a 2 KB row 11 bit x 11 bit refresh configuration 16 MB SIMMs with a 4 KB row 10 bit X 12 bit refresh configuration are not compatible with the printer Technical Information eoevce 353 354 Ozone emission Appendix D Ozone gas is emitted by almost all laser printers and photocopiers The LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer technology allows it to emit practically no ozone gas less than 01 parts of ozone per million parts of air The current OSHA permissible exposure limit for ozone is 0 1 parts of ozone per million parts of air ppm The ozone emissions from the
253. r DOS computer Read the rest of this chapter See Chapter 3 for more information about setting up the printer Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 23 eocvce Connecting the power and turning on the printer Once you ve connected the printer to your networks you re ready to start up the printer Follow these steps to make sure everything is working correctly 1 Make sure the printer is turned off Off position 2 Plug in the printer Insert the socket end of the power cord into the recessed receptacle on the back of the printer Plug the other end into a grounded three hole AC outlet 24 Chapter 1 3 Press the on the power switch to turn the printer on On position 4 Save the startup page It contains information you may need to complete your network setup The printer takes a minute or two to warm up and then it automatically prints a startup page It prints the startup page every time you restart unless you turn the startup page off using either the Apple Printer Utility described in Chapter 2 or the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows described in Chapter 3 The startup page shows how the printer is set up including the network connection types and what options are attached to the printer The startup page should look clean and sharp If it is spotty too light or too dark or otherwise unclear switch the printer off and on to print a second page Try this two or three ti
254. r Out indicator light flashes insert the first envelope and slide it forward until it stops Insert the envelope face up flap down with the top edge to the right as it enters the printer On a Mac OS computer if Background Printing is turned on in the Chooser a PrintMonitor message prompts you to insert an envelope If you are printing several envelopes insert the next envelope when the Paper Out light flashes again Do not feed the next envelope before the light prompts you to or the envelope may jam Loading labels in the multipurpose tray You can load one sheet of labels at a time into the multipurpose tray for manual printing Insert the sheet of labels into the paper cassette face up Use only labels recommended Don t attempt to print sheets that for use in laser printers have labels missing This may cause a jam IMPORTANT When you print labels use the multipurpose tray This helps avoid paper jams and curling Loading transparencies in the multipurpose tray You can load one sheet of overhead transparency at a time into the multipurpose tray for manual printing or you can place a stack of about 40 transparencies in the tray for automatic feed To avoid leaving fingerprints and ensure the best image quality handle transparencies by their edge IMPORTANT When you print overhead transparencies Apple recommends you use the multipurpose tray and use the face up output tray for delivering printed transpa
255. r folder Choose Print from the File menu Click Properties Windows 95 Users 235 236 Chapter 8 Selecting printer options in the Properties dialog box You can change the most commonly used printer settings from the Properties dialog box The tabs in the dialog box also give you access to additional printer settings For information about these settings see Additional Printer Options next The previous sections explain how to open the Properties dialog box The Paper tab dialog box is displayed first Apple LaserWriter 12 640 PS Properties 21 x Fonts Device Options PostScript Watermarks General Details Sharing Paper Graphics Paper size US Letter 8 50 x 11 00 in OD D US Legal Ad r Layout Braa lup C 2up C 4up C Gup C Sup C 16up r Orientation Portrait A C Landscape in Histated Adobe Paper source AutoSelectTay H Copies mm Unprintable Area More Options About Help Restore Defaults m Paper Size Specifies the paper size Select the size that matches the paper in the current paper source a Layout Specifies the number of pages to print on each sheet of paper a Orientation Selects the orientation of the printed page You can select Portrait tall Landscape wide or Rotated Landscape which prints text and images in landscape orientation but reverses the top and bottom of the page most useful when youre p
256. r off and back on Check the startup page a Reinstall the printer driver See Chapter 7 for details about installing the printer driver Fixing Other Problems 307 308 Chapter 13 For Windows 95 users check the following additional item a Open the Printer folder select the printer and click Properties click the PostScript tab and click the Advanced button Make sure that ASCII data and Send CTRL D after job are selected For Windows 3 1 users check the following additional item a Open the Printer Control panel select the printer and choose Setup Select the PostScript tab in the Properties dialog box Make sure that Protocol Options is set to Default if using the parallel port or None if printing via NetWare Sometimes printing the first page takes longer than expect The LaserWriter 12 640 PS automatically goes into an energy saving mode after it s been idle for a while When you print while it s in this mode the printer takes about a minute to warm up before it can print the first page The printer is properly connected and configured but printing is garbled or displays unwanted characters Check the communication switch and make sure that the Interpreter is set to the correct value If you are printing a PostScript document the Interpreter mode should be PostScript or AutoSelect Novell NetWare troubleshooting The printer is properly connected but the printer s NetWare printer name doesn t ap
257. r_12_640_P lp mx 0 rm LaserWriterFloor2 rp raw sd usr spool lpd GarysLW_raw 1f usr spool lpd printerlog STEN iy Create and set the privileges for the spool directory specified in step 5 mkdir path_to_this_queues_spool_directory Example kdir usr spool lpd GarysLW_text hmod 775 usr spool l1pd GarysLW_ m chown daemon usr spool lpd GarysLW_text c hgrp daemon usr spool lpd GarysLW_text text To test the connection type the ping command from a workstation on the same subnet as the printer ping printer_IP_name If the ping command responds by telling you that the printer is alive on the network the address assignment was successful If the ping command does not respond or tells you the printer was not found then the address assignment failed Try the steps in this procedure again making sure you type the printer s Ethernet address exactly as it appears on the startup page If it still doesn t work see the troubleshooting suggestions in Chapter 13 Try printing by using this command lpr Pqueue_name filename Note that there s no space between P and queue_name Example lpr PGarysLW_text file postscript If everything is working the Ready In Use indicator light on the printer will blink then the pages will print If there s a problem see the troubleshooting suggestions in Chapter 13 Configuring HP UX version 8 07 Log in to the system console as root The
258. rate a PostScript listing Banner page generates PostScript errors If the administrator sets the TCP IP interface to interpret everything as PostScript he or she must not turn on the banner pages in the printcap entry Banner pages come out as a PostScript listing If the administrator sets the TCP IP interface to interpret everything as PCLS he or she must not turn on the banner pages using the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility The banner page prints OK but the job that follows comes out as a PostScript listing Turn off the banner page in the etc printcap file The banner page prints only the system name and the remote printer name The lpd printing protocol does not provide the user name or filename in a way that can be included in the banner page The printer administrator forgot the password for the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility See the service information that came with your printer to learn how to get in touch with Apple Sometimes printing the first page takes longer than expect The LaserWriter 12 640 PS automatically goes into an energy saving mode after it s been idle for a while When you print while it s in this mode the printer takes about a minute to warm up before it can print the first page The RARP server is not responding If you chose to use a RARP server to assign the printer s IP address while setting up the printer but the server is not responding follow these steps in order
259. re font Chicago Geneva London Los Angeles Monaco New York San Francisco and Venice Several of the fonts Athens Cairo London and San Francisco came in only one size 18 points This is a sample of Athens Baw Gow A wTOLRF ae Cain This is a sample of Chicago This is a sample of Geneva This is a sample of London This is a sample of Los Angeles This is a sample of Monaco This is a sample of New York Thij ii a tample of Ban Franeiteo This is a sample of Venice Chicago Geneva Monaco and New York are currently available in TrueType versions The other classic fonts are still only available in bitmapped versions Why do I sometimes get Geneva or Courier in my printed documents when I have specified other fonts Geneva sometimes appears when youre trying to use a TrueType font but don t have enough memory for scaling to operate properly Substitute fonts can also appear in a document composed on one Mac OS computer that has a particular set of fonts but printed on another Mac OS computer that doesn t have those fonts Why does a document written entirely in Times look different on different Mac OS computers Times an extremely popular font is manufactured and sold by more than one company Such fonts usually have small differences even though they have the same name For example the Times font manufactured by Adobe Systems Incorporated has different letterspacing than does the Tim
260. re interface to PostScript mode PCL5 mode AutoSelect mode which automatically senses whether PostScript or PCLS mode should be selected or turn it off You can set the TCP IP interface to PostScript mode PCL5 mode AutoSelect mode which automatically senses whether PostScript or PCLS mode should be selected or turn it off IMPORTANT If you select the On mode setting to turn on the EtherTalk NetWare or TCP IP interface the change does not take effect until the printer is turned off and back on again Click Set Port Resetting the communication settings To restore the communication settings to the factory defaults Set the communication switch on the printer to the Reset out position Communication switch Turn the printer off and back on again Set the communication switch on the printer to the Normal in position Configuring TCP IP You can specify the IP address of the printer For information about determining the printer s IP address and setting up the printer on a TCP IP network see Chapter 4 Choose Configure TCP IP from the Utilities menu Enter the IP address Enter the subnet mask You can specify a subnet mask only if the printer s IP address is not 0 0 0 0 Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 101 102 Chapter 3 Enter the default gateway address The IP address of the default gateway is used for sending packets from the local network Click OK
261. rencies This helps avoid paper jams and curling Only use transparencies recommended for use in laser printers Loading Paper 269 270 Choosing paper Chapter 10 The LaserWriter 12 640 PS prints on standard laser quality paper 16 to 28 pound stock For the best results Apple recommends 20 pound stock The printer can accept stock of up to 32 pounds from the multipurpose tray You can also expect excellent results on most colored and textured papers The LaserWriter 12 640 PS produces high quality transparencies for overhead projection Medium weight photocopier transparencies work best If you experience difficulties when attempting to print transparencies with automatic feed use manual feed instead WARNING Do not use heat transfer thermal transparencies in the LaserWriter 12 640 PS They will not print properly and may separate in the printer To avoid paper problems keep the following potential trouble sources in mind Temperature Some letterheads are printed with low temperature dyes that vaporize and smear at the temperatures inside the printer Some glossy coated letterheads may lose their coating in the printer Similarly some envelopes may seal or come unglued during printing Using high quality stationery and envelopes should ensure satisfactory results m Paper texture The LaserWriter 12 640 PS may not print well on rough or highly textured paper Try a few sheets to test the quality m Paper fin
262. rent port for example LPT2 or a NetWare queue Installation is complete Choose how to proceed For users connected via the parallel cable the default printer driver settings should suffice For instructions on using the Apple LaserWriter Utility see Setting Additional Parameters With the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows later in this chapter To configure your printer software with NetWare see Initial Novell NetWare Setup later in this chapter Installing onto a server You can install the software on a server for users who share the server s copy of Windows Follow the steps given below and specify the appropriate server volumes and paths You can also copy the software folders from the CD ROM disc to a hard disk Your users can install the software from the server as described below Creating floppy disks from the CD ROM disc From a Windows 95 computer You can create floppy disk copies of the printer software by using the standard features of Microsoft Windows 95 Insert the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Software Installation CD ROM disc into the CD ROM drive Double click the My Computer icon Double click the drive that holds your CD A window appears that displays the contents of the CD Insert a blank floppy disk into the a drive or b drive Double click the drive that holds your floppy disk A window appears that displays the contents of the floppy disk Open the WINDOWS folder Drag the
263. requirements and the procedures for installing the printer software and fonts You ll also find explanations for using the standard printing and page setup options of the LaserWriter 8 printer driver and the desktop printer software supplied with your printer System requirements To use the printer software your Mac OS computer must have system software version 7 1 or later and at least 4 megabytes MB of memory 8 MB recommended If your system software is an earlier version you need to obtain a system software upgrade from your computer or software dealer Installing all the printer software and fonts for the Mac OS requires approximately 9 MB of free space on your hard disk 165 166 Before you install the printer software Before you install the printer software and fonts you need to protect your original disks by locking them and making copies of them if your printer software was shipped on a CD ROM disc you can skip this step and make sure you have the correct version of system software Installing the printer software Chapter 6 IMPORTANT Do not drag install the printer software If you do the files wont be properly decompressed and won t work Installing from the CD ROM disc Quit any programs you are running Turn off any automatic virus detection programs you have on your computer If you don t problems may occur during the installation After installation is complete you can turn the virus detection
264. reters PostScript Level 2 Yersion 2015 105 PCLS Startup Page b gt Fonts b b Print Density To view or change settings under a category click the arrow beside the category name to open the category and display its information and options Additional options may appear that you can also open and work with When you are finished changing options in a particular category you can click the arrow again to collapse the options After viewing the information and making changes click the Send button to send your changes to the printer Click the Close box to close the window The next sections describe configuration procedures that you can perform with the Apple Printer Utility First select and open the printer in the Printer Selector window The information and procedures described in each section then present how to work with the printer features window of the utility Quitting the Apple Printer Utility To quit the Apple Printer Utility a Choose Quit from the File menu Viewing printer information You can view information about your LaserWriter 12 640 PS by displaying the printer information in the printer features window ma Open the Printer Information category if necessary Note The Printer Information category is automatically opened whenever you open a printer in the Apple Printer Utility LaserWriter 12 640 PS Set Defaults Update Info Vv Printer Information AppleTalk Name LaserWr
265. rint Server Candidates menu appears listing candidates for queue servers Select the name of the print server you created earlier and press Enter The selected server now appears in the Print Servers window indicating that the queue is now associated with that server Press Esc until PCONSOLE quits You will be asked to confirm your exit from PCONSOLE by pressing Enter Turn the printer off and then back on Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 85 eoeece 86 Chapter 3 10 11 12 Completing the PSERVER configuration with the Apple LaserWriter Utility Start Windows if it s not already running Open the Apple LaserWriter Software program group and double click the Apple LaserWriter Utility icon Select your printer Select Print Server Configuration from the Network menu Select the printer you want to configure You can identify the printer from the NetWare printer name that is printed on the printer s startup page IMPORTANT After the printer is turned on it advertises itself on the NetWare network for 5 minutes only to reduce network traffic If you don t see your printer s name in the list of printers turn the printer off and back on Make sure the NetWare file server is running and verify that the NetWare file server and the printer are using the same Ethernet frame type If the Ethernet frame types do not match see Connecting to a Network Printer Manually later in this chapter
266. rint and Page Setup dialog boxes Network users should use the Print and Page Setup dialog boxes to choose the individual settings for their documents IMPORTANT Changes you make with the Apple Printer Utility affect everybody who uses the printer Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users 37 38 Chapter 2 Use the Apple Printer Utility to view information about the printer such as the AppleTalk printer name and the total number of pages the LaserWriter 12 640 PS has printed name the printer on AppleTalk networks a download fonts to the printer remove fonts print font samples a turn printing of a startup page on or off set the print density to lighten or darken printing set paper handling options a turn the printers FinePrint feature on and off a turn the printers PhotoGrade feature on and off set when the printer closes print jobs to provide faster throughput a set the printers EtherTalk zone a view the Ethernet address view and specify the IP address view and configure the printers communication settings a send PostScript files to the printer a restart the printer print a printer configuration page Opening the Apple Printer Utility The Apple Printer Utility has two windows the Printer Selector window which is similar to the Chooser and the printer features window which you use to view or change the printer s settings Double click the Apple Printer Utility The Installer puts the
267. rinter Resetting the communication settings To restore the communication settings to the factory defaults Set the communication switch on the printer to the Reset out position Turn the printer off and back on again Set the communication switch on the printer to the Normal in position Sending PostScript files to the printer You can download PostScript files to the printer to print a PostScript program or to run a PostScript program to change the internal settings of the printer You can create a PostScript file in a variety of text editing programs or by printing any document to a file just click the File button in the Print dialog box Choose Send PosiScript File from the Utilities menu The Send File dialog box is displayed for the currently selected printer Select the PostScript file that you want to send to the printer Click Add Click Send In the Save As dialog box give the PostScript log file a name and path then click OK The Apple Printer Utility uses the PostScript log file to record error information if an error occurs during printing Restarting the printer You may need to restart the printer to clear its memory if you experience any problems printing Choose Restart from the Utilities menu A dialog box appears asking you to confirm that you want to restart the selected printer To confirm that you want to restart the printer click Restart When the printer Ready light stops blink
268. rinter IP name is the same name you used in steps 3 and 4 Example ping LaserWriterFloor2 Normally the ping command would result in a message telling you the device received the ping command however the printer will not respond this first time though it will respond normally in the future The address is now stored in the printer s memory and youre ready to test whether the printer is working To test the connection once again type the ping command from a workstation on the same subnet as the printer ping printer_IP_name If the ping command responds by telling you that the printer is alive on the network the address assignment was successful If the ping command does not respond or tells you the printer was not found then the address assignment failed Try the steps in this procedure again making sure you type the printer s Ethernet address exactly as it appears on the startup page If it still doesn t work see the troubleshooting suggestions in Chapter 13 Use telnet to make this the permanent IP address m Use telnet to connect to the printer a Choose menu item 4 Specify Printer IP Address and set it to option 2 Enter Permanent IP Address a Enter the address that you ve set in the etc hosts file Unless you do this the IP address set by ping will be lost every time you reboot the printer Skip to Step 4 Configuring Users Workstations later in this chapter Printer IP address assignmen
269. rinting with three hole punched paper m Paper Source Selects which paper cassette or multipurpose tray to use as the paper source a Copies Specifies the number of copies of each document page to print a Unprintable Area Displays the Unprintable Area dialog box used to set the document margins m More Options Displays the More Options dialog box used to specify duplex printing settings Setting document margins Choose the Unprintable Area button in the Paper tab dialog box to display the Unprintable Area dialog box which lets you set the page margins Unprintable Area x C Millimeters Top 0 17 fort 550 Let 014 fot 4 25 Bottom pa 0 21 5 50 Bight 0 21 0 21 4 25 Cancel Help Restore Defaults a Units Lets you define what unit of measurement to use when setting the document margins Top Bottom Left Right Defines the unprintable area between the sides of the paper and the text or image of your document Windows 95 Users eoevce 237 238 Chapter 8 Setting duplex printing options Choose the More Options button in the Paper tab dialog box to display the More Paper Options dialog box used to specify duplex print settings If your LaserWriter has been upgraded to a minimum of 12 MB of memory and youve installed the optional duplex printing unit you can duplex print If you want to You need this much printer memory Turn on PhotoGrade or use the 1
270. riter 12 640 PS the printer administrator must connect the printer to the network install the printer software and fonts and configure the printer Chapter 2 Step 1 Installing the printer software IMPORTANT Do not drag install the printer software If you do the files won t be properly decompressed and won t work Installing from the CD ROM disc Quit any programs you are running Turn off any automatic virus detection programs you have on your computer If you don t problems may occur during the installation After installation is complete you can turn the virus detection programs back on Insert the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Software Installation CD ROM disc into the CD ROM drive The disc s icon appears on the desktop Note Some systems require you to place the disc into a caddy before inserting it into the CD ROM drive Double click the disc icon to open the disk if necessary Double click the MACINTOSH folder if necessary Double click the INSTALL folder if necessary Read the Before You Install file to check for late breaking news Double click the Installer icon to start the Installer program After a moment a Welcome dialog box appears Click Continue After a moment the Install dialog box appears At the top of the dialog box is a pop up menu set to allow you to perform an Easy Install Easy Install installs all the software you need It installs the LaserWriter 8 software the Desktop PrintMonitor
271. rmation about installing and using the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows see Chapter 3 Windows 95 Users This chapter provides information on setting up and using the LaserWriter 12 640 PS with computers running Windows 95 It provides detailed procedures for installing the software using the printer s parallel port and connecting the printer to a Novell NetWare network If you are using Windows 3 1 or DOS see Chapter 7 System requirements To use the printer your computer system must meet these requirements IBM PC or compatible with an 80486 or higher CPU hard disk drive at least 8 megabytes MB of random access memory RAM Microsoft Windows 95 CD ROM drive or a 3 5 inch floppy disk drive that reads 144 MB disks If youre using the printer on a network you must set up your network client software You may use Client Software for NetWare Network from Microsoft as your network client software 225 226 Before you begin Set up the printer as described in Chapter 1 remembering to unpack and prepare the printer connect the printer to your NetWare network using Ethernet cables or through a direct parallel connection to a PC Setting up for parallel port printing Your LaserWriter 12 640 PS uses a standard parallel port and cable By default your printer s parallel port is ready to receive data and you should not need to make any changes to either your computer s or the printer s parallel port settings
272. rmation about the printer choose Get Printer Info from the Printing menu Status configuration and font information is displayed To change the printer setup for example when you add or remove printer options such as the duplex printing unit choose Change Setup from the Printing menu To change the manual feed alerts choose Show Manual Feed Alert from the Printing menu A checkmark by this command means that manual feed alert message will appear Turning off or removing the desktop printing software You can remove an individual desktop printer icon by dragging it into the trash If you have only one desktop printer you can t get rid of the icon by dragging it to the Trash The icon will reappear if you do Turning off the Desktop PrintMonitor If you dort want to use desktop printers you can turn off the Desktop PrintMonitor using the Extensions Manager available on Mac OS versions 7 5 or later To turn off the Desktop PrintMonitor 1 Open the Extensions Manager control panel in the Control Panels folder 2 Click to deselect uncheck Desktop PrintMonitor Desktop Printer Menu Desktop Printer Spooler and Desktop Printer Extension in the panel 3 Click the close box to close the control panel 4 Restart your computer Mac OS Users 193 194 Chapter 6 Removing the desktop printing software The desktop printing software uses both the Desktop PrintMonitor and the PrintMonitor software The Desktop PrintMon
273. rmes Classe B Cet appareil num rique respecte les limites de bruits radio lectriques applicables aux appareils num riques de Classe B prescrites dans la norme sur le mat riel brouilleur Appareils Num riques NMB 003 dict e par le ministre des Communications Laser information WARNING Making adjustments or performing procedures other than those specified in your equipment s manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure WARNING Do not attempt to disassemble the cabinet containing the laser The laser beam used in this product is harmful to the eyes The use of optical instruments such as magnifying lenses with this product increases the potential hazard to your eyes For your safety have this equipment serviced only by an Apple authorized service provider Your printer is a Class 1 laser product The Class 1 label located in a user accessible area indicates that the printer meets minimum safety requirements A service warning label is located in a service accessible area The labels on your product may differ slightly from the ones shown here CAUTION INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM ATTENTION RAYONNEMENT LASER INVISIBLE EN CAS D OUVERTURE EXPOSITION DANGEREUSE AU FAISCEAU VORSICHT UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG WENN ABDECKUNG GE FFNET NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT ATTENZIONE RADIAZIONE LASER INVISIBILE IN CASO DI APERTURA EVITARE L ESPOSIZIONE AL FASCIO LASE
274. rrect paper tray 300 printer prints on only part of the paper 297 printer prints simplex even though duplex printing is specified 299 printing is off center 297 toner does not stay fixed on the paper 297 toner smudges appear on front or back of paper 299 unwanted lines or stripes appear 299 UNIX 310 811 banner page generates PostScript errors 310 banner page prints only system name and remote printer name 311 BOOTP server does not respond 312 can t ping the printer by IP name or IP address 312 document generates a PostScript listing 310 job that follows banner page comes out as a PostScript listing 310 lines stairstep off page 310 PostScript errors 310 printer administrator forgot password for TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility 311 printing first page takes longer than expected 311 RARP server is not responding 311 TrueType fonts Mac OS and 329 330 332 333 341 Windows 3 1 and 212 213 247 248 turning on the printer 24 426 twisted pair transceiver Ethernet 20 Type 1 fonts installing 106 U Ultrix configuring TCP IP setup 114 117 UNIX workstations assigning an IP address to the printer 109 112 configuring HP UX version 8 07 for 117 120 configuring HP UX version 9 x for 120 123 configuring IBM AIX version 3 x for 125 126 configuring SCO UNIX for 123 4125 configuring Silicon Graphics IRIX for 127 configuring Sun OS version 4 1 Ultrix A UX or other BSD systems for 1144117 configuring Sun S
275. rs 107 Installing Options 133 Guide for Users Mac OS Users 165 Windows 3 1 and DOS Users 197 Windows 95 Users 225 UNIX Users 253 Loading Paper 255 Maintenance 277 5 ii Part Ill 12 13 Part IV Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Contents Troubleshooting Fixing Paper and Image Problems 289 Fixing Other Problems 301 Appendixes Administrator Tools Quick Reference 315 Setting Up the Printer as an ATPS Remote Printer 323 Using Fonts With the Printer 329 Technical Information 345 Index 357 Detailed Contents Communications regulation information xvi Laser information xvii Preface How Much of This Book Do I Have to Read xix Printer administrators and users Who does what xx What the printer administrator should know xx Which chapters should I read xxi Part Guide for Printer Administrators 1 Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 1 ain features of the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 1 hoosing a place for the printer mportant safety instructions npacking the printer nstalling the first toner cartridge 8 ait to install the LaserWriter 12 640 PS options 11 oading paper into the cassette 12 vi Contents 2 onnecting the printer 16 onnecting to a LocalTalk network 17 onnecting directly to a single Mac OS computer onnecting to an Ethernet network 2 onnecting to a Windows or DOS computer with a ing the power and turning on the printer 2 N e 5 i OQ
276. rt should be connected to the network Apple recommends Ethernet LocalTalk port i gt Ethernet port Parallel port Communication switch Port Network protocols Computer LocalTalk AppleTalk Mac OS Ethernet AppleTalk EtherTalk MacOS Novell NetWare Windows Novell ATPS Mac OS TCP IP UNIX Parallel Windows and DOS Connecting to a LocalTalk network If you have an existing LocalTalk network here s how to add the LaserWriter 12 640 PS to it Obtain a LocalTalk connecting kit LocalTalk cable LocalTalk connecting kits come in many varieties Yours may look different Plug the connector box into the LocalTalk port Jt on the printer Connect the printer to the network in one of these two ways a To connect the printer to the end of a LocalTalk network use the LocalTalk cable to connect the empty socket of the nearest device s connector box to the printer s connector box Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS 17 18 eevcce Chapter 1 a To connect the printer between two devices on a LocalTalk network disconnect one LocalTalk cable from the connector box of the device immediately to the left or right of the printer and plug it into the new printer s connector box Then use the new LocalTalk cable to connect the free socket on the printer s connector box to the socket you freed on the other device s connector box
277. s Chapter 7 After you have connected the printer to your computer and installed and set up the printer software you re ready to start printing This section explains the basic steps required to print a document though the details can vary from one program to another To find out more about printing from your programs read the documentation that came with them If you have Windows NT print using the TCP IP protocol or using AppleTalk protocol See your Windows NT manual for information on configuring To print a document from a Windows program the program must be open and the document window must be active Choose Print from the File menu In most cases a Print dialog box appears in which you can select options including the number of copies and the pages to print Depending on your program the Print dialog box may offer other options In the dialog box that appears select the options you want and click Print Selecting page setup options The Windows Page Setup dialog box allows you to specify certain aspects of your document such as its page size input paper tray source and orientation You can change these settings for every document you create It s recommended that you set your page setup options when you first create a document Then as you view and format the document it will closely resemble its final printed form Choose Page Setup sometimes called Print Setup from the File menu The Page Setup dialog box appears
278. s Windows 95 computers Windows computers See also Windows NT Windows 3 1 computers Windows 95 computers connecting the printer to 22 23 guide for administrators 63 1106 parallel port on 23 setting up the printer for 63 78 troubleshooting 307 308 Windows NT installing printer software for 205 Windows 3 1 computers configuring the printer from 161 1162 memory requirements for 64 printing from 206 218 downloading fonts 218 221 output format options 209 printing to a PostScript file 221 224 selecting page setup options 206 selecting printer driver options 207 208 selecting printer options 208 218 setting up the PostScript printer driver for NetWare 93 system requirements for 198 Windows 3 1 printer software installing from CD ROM disc 199 201 from floppy disks 202 204 Windows 95 computers configuring the printer from 162 installing the printer software for 226 23 1 memory requirements for 225 setting up the PostScript printer driver for NetWare 93 system requirements for 225 Windows 95 printer software installing from CD ROM 226 229 from floppy disks 229 232 workstations configuring TCP IP setup 113 127 HP UX version 8 07 117 120 HP UX version 9 x 120 123 IBM AIX version 3 x 125 4126 SCO UNIX 123 4125 Silicon Graphics IRIX 127 Sun OS version 4 1 Ultrix A UX or other BSD systems 114 117 Sun Solaris 1134127 write protecting floppy disks 72 166 Z zones See network zones
279. s Ins type the printer s name and press Enter Select a printer and press Enter A configuration window for the selected printer appears If necessary type an unassigned printer number for your printer and press Enter A Configuration window appears for the selected printer Press the down arrow key to move to the Printer type field and press Enter A menu of printer types appears From the list of printer types select Other Unknown and press Enter Other Unknown now appears in the Type field of the Configuration window 12 13 14 15 16 Press the down arrow key to move to the Banner type field and press Enter From the list of Available Banner Types select Postscript and press Enter Press Esc once to save the configuration PCONSOLE asks you to confirm the new configuration Select Yes and press Enter to confirm the changes The newly defined printer now appears in the list of configured printers Press Esc until you return to the Print Servers menu Now that the print server is specified you need to create a print queue to associate with the print server Creating a print queue In the Available Options menu of PCONSOLE select Print Queues and press Enter The Print Queues window appears listing the names of existing print queues Press Ins to create a new print queue At the prompt type a new queue name and press Enter The new print queue now appears in the list With the new queue name se
280. s can be viewed by users searching for network printers a Password Enter the optional password if you want to restrict network user access to this printer Using the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows Chapter 8 The Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows program supplied with the printer software lets the printer administrator control various aspects of how the printer works For information about installing and using the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows see Chapter 3 UNIX Users The details of setting up your UNIX workstation depend on which type of UNIX youre running In most cases the setup requires superuser privileges and knowledge of network and printer files for example etc hosts and etc printcap and should be done by your local network or printer administrator as described in Chapter 4 Once this setup is complete your network or printer administrator will tell you the name of the printer s local print queues and what sort of documents should be sent to which queue 253 254 Printing from a UNIX workstation to the printer Chapter 9 You don t need any special software to use the printer On most UNIX systems you use either the lpr or lp command to print documents over a TCP IP network to the printer Your printer administrator will generally set up two print queues for the printer one to print text files which must have a carriage return appended to the end of each line and the other to pr
281. s disks containing the printer software and make sure they re write protected Slide up the write protection tab in one corner of the floppy disk so that you can see through the hole Start Windows 95 Before installing the software make sure the Windows Control Panel and Printer folder are closed Insert LaserWriter Disk 1 for Windows 95 into a floppy disk drive Note If you are installing from disks made from the CD the floppy disk labels may be different Click the Start Icon on the Task Bar and select Run Type a setup or b setup depending on which drive holds your installation disk in the command line field and click OK After a few moments a message appears warning you to close all other applications before continuing with this installation Windows 95 Users 229 230 Chapter 8 10 11 Click Next if you have no other open applications If you have open applications click Cancel to stop this installation Close all other applications and start the installation process again A message appears that lets you view the README WRI file for late breaking news Click Yes to view the README WRI file When you have finished reading the README WRI file choose Exit from the File menu in the WordPad application A dialog box appears that allows you to select Express Installation Custom Installation or Printer Driver Only Express Installation installs all the software you need It creates the Apple
282. s get started using the printer Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users This chapter explains how to prepare the printer for use on an AppleTalk network configure the printer using the Apple Printer Utility and prepare users Mac OS computers to print on the printer Note For instructions on setting up the printer for access by Mac OS client computers on a NetWare network see Appendix B 29 30 Before you begin This chapter presents instructions for installing the Mac OS printer software and configuring the printer with it Before you begin make sure you have m set up the printer as described in Chapter 1 connected the printer to your network a made backup copies of the printer disks if your printer software was shipped on a CD ROM disc you can skip this step Be sure to complete these tasks before continuing with the procedures in this chapter System requirements To use the printer software your Mac OS computer must have system software version 7 1 or later and at least 4 megabytes MB of memory 8 MB recommended If your system software is an earlier version you need to obtain a system software upgrade from your computer or software dealer Installing all the printer software and fonts requires approximately 9 MB of free space on your hard disk Initial AppleTalk setup The LaserWriter 12 640 PS comes with software and fonts for use with Mac OS computers Before Mac OS users can print with the LaserW
283. s in use Mac OS 183 184 printing materials 348 See also paper Print Manager Windows 3 1 configuring the printer from 161 opening printer Setup dialog box from 208 print quality 1 print queue NetWare associating a print server with 90 91 creating 89 creating and associating with the print server 84 85 print request Mac OS canceling 191 indicating urgency of 192 moving from one printer to another 192 postponing 192 putting on hold 192 Index 371 eccoce 372 eccoce Index print resolution 1 print server NetWare assigning password for 92 associating a print server with 90 91 associating print queue with 84 485 setting up the printer as 82 92 specifying 87 89 print settings changing Mac OS 37 140 print speed 1 print test Mac OS 36 print time setting Mac OS 183 184 problems See troubleshooting Properties dialog box Windows 95 236 252 Detail tab in 249 250 General tab in 248 Graphics tab in 239 242 opening 234 235 Paper tab in 236 PostScript tab in 242 245 selecting printer options in 236 252 Sharing tab in 251 252 Watermark tab in 245 4247 protocol options Windows 3 1 211 protocols network 16 20 PSERVER configuration NetWare completing with Apple LaserWriter Utility 86 87 PSERVER mode NetWare assigning to the printer 83 84 specifying to the print server 82 PSERVER name NetWare 83 86 pure binary data format sending data in Windows 95 244 Q QuickDraw fonts
284. s method works only when the printer has no IP address If you ve already set the printer s IP address you cannot change it by using this method You must use telnet instead Turn on the printer and save the startup page that prints out Loginas root to any UNIX workstation on the same subnet as the printer Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users 109 eoevce 110 Chapter 4 Add the following line to the etc hosts table on your workstation printer_IP_address _ printer_IP_name You obtain the printer IP address from your network administrator You choose the printer IP name yourself if it was not assigned by the network administrator It must follow the naming convention of your system which generally means it must contain fewer than 32 characters and no special characters Example 80 20 4 78 LaserWriterFloor2 Type the following command to force an entry into your system s arp table arp s printer_IP_name _ printer_Ethernet_address The printer IP name is the same name you used in step 3 You obtain the Ethernet address from the startup page that prints automatically when you turn on the printer The address appears next to the top icon on the page Example If your startup page showed that your Ethernet address was 08 00 07 2b 48 fb you would type arp s LaserWriterFloor2 08 00 07 2b 48 fb Type the following ping command to store the Printer IP Address in the printer s memory ping printer_IP_name The p
285. s or DOS see Chapters 7 and 8 For specific information about printing with a particular program refer to the documentation that came with the program For best results Apple recommends that you use paper with weight of at least 20 lbs 255 256 Automatic or manual printing with the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Chapter 10 You can automatically print using paper from the paper cassette or using paper stacked in the multipurpose tray You can also manually feed paper envelopes three hole punched paper labels postcards transparencies and labels into the printer using the multipurpose tray For information about selecting automatic or manual paper feeding or selecting the cassette or multipurpose tray to print from see Chapter 6 if you have a Mac OS computer or see Chapter 7 or Chapter 8 if you have a Windows computer Using the paper cassette The standard paper cassette holds up to 250 sheets of paper You can fill the cassette with U S letter size paper U S legal size paper A4 paper size B5 paper size executive paper size letterhead paper three hole punched paper transparencies or labels To refill the paper cassette insert paper as shown in the following illustrations IMPORTANT Apple recommends you do not mix transparencies with other types of paper in the paper cassette This helps avoid paper jams To reduce curl and wrinkle on heavy media such as postcards envelopes and transparencies direct the output to
286. s up or down in the list To sort the list of documents waiting to print click the title of the column you want to sort by For example to sort by the name of the document click Document Name You can also sort by choosing the commands in the View menu The column title you sorted by is underlined Sorting the items does not change the order in which they will print To see that order sort by Print Time To temporarily stop all documents from printing on this printer choose Stop Print Queue from the Printing menu in the Finder menu bar To resume using the printer choose Start Print Queue from the Printing menu Shortcut Pressing the Option Shift keys changes the Hold Job and Resume Job buttons to Stop Queue and Start Queue Shortcut The Printing menu for starting and stopping the print queue is available without opening the window for the printer so long as the printer s icon is selected on the desktop To move a print request from one printer to another printer of the same type for example from a LaserWriter 12 640 PS to a LaserWriter 4 600 PS drag the icon for the print request to the icon of the printer where you want to move it You can only move a print request from a LaserWriter 12 640 PS to another PostScript printer The printing software won t let you move a print request to an incompatible printer For example you can t move a request from a LaserWriter printer to a StyleWriter printer To get info
287. save the file as ASCII or Binary Binary files are typically smaller in size Make the selections you want Printer LaserWriter 12 640 PS v Destination PostScript Printer Options w Format PostScript Level Level 1 Compatible Level 2 Only Data Format ASCII n r Binary Font inclusion lets you ee print the font on any Font inclusion computer without relying on font substitution When the selections are what you want choose another setting from the Settings pop up menu or click Print Background printing and setting the print time With background printing turned on you can use your computer for other work while youre printing Once background printing is turned on it is in effect whenever you print until you turn it off When you click Print in the Print dialog box a message appears for a moment to tell you the document is being prepared Once the message disappears you can continue other work Your computer may pause occasionally while it processes the document for printing When foreground printing is turned on you must wait until the document has finished printing before you can use your computer for other work However your document may be sent to the printer faster when foreground printing is turned on You can also specify when your document should be printed in relationship to other documents that are also being printed Choose Print from the File menu The Print dialog
288. sette with the top of the page closest to the handle Insert three hole punched paper into the paper cassette so the holes are toward the left side of the 500 sheet cassette Make sure paper fits under this corner bracket Orient three hole punched paper and letterhead paper as shown Loading Paper 275 Maintenance The LaserWriter 12 640 PS is designed for trouble free service Maintenance involves little more than putting in a new toner cartridge every 6 000 pages or so and performing a few minor cleaning tasks The recommended service interval is 120 000 pages to check and service wear on the rollers and fuser This service can be arranged through an Apple authorized dealer 277 Safety first The fixing roller assembly in the LaserWriter 12 640 PS operates at very high temperatures around 400 F 204 C Allow the rollers to cool before performing maintenance and troubleshooting Hot area 278 Chapter 11 Precautions during maintenance To prevent damage to the printer while performing maintenance observe the following precautions a Dont lubricate the printer Dont attempt to disassemble the printer Dont place anything on top of the printer Regular maintenance The toner cartridge holds the toner powder that forms the printed images Each cartridge should yield about 6 000 pages If you print many graphic images you may need to change cartridges more often If your pages start
289. software for Windows NT Use the setup program on WIN31 DISK1 on the CD or use the Windows 3 1 floppy disks to install software for Windows NT The steps to install the PostScript Printer Description PPD file for the LaserWriter 12 640 PS or other Apple printer on a Windows NT system are similar to those in the previous sections for Windows 3 1 except that you select Custom Installation step 9 and click Windows NT Printer Software Make sure the other checkboxes are deselected then follow these steps 1 Click Install Instructions for installing the Windows NT software appear 2 Click Continue The Print Manager appears 3 Choose Create Printer from the Print Manager s Printer menu The Create Printer dialog box appears 4 Select Other at the bottom of the list in the Driver Combo box 5 Enter the pathname for Disk 2 6 Select the printer driver that corresponds to your printer and click OK Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 77 78 Follow the instructions on the screen If you are installing software from the Windows NT 3 5 CD you may need to type the path for your driver location The path may be similar to this C Windows system 32 spool drivers W32x86 1 If you are installing Windows NT 3 5 software from floppy disks copy the following files to the path of your driver location PSCRIPTUIDLL Disk 13 PSCRIPT DLL Disk 13 PSCRIPT HLP Disk 18 Click Continue and OK to complete the
290. ss for the printer Setting the subnet mask If your network includes subnets you can set the subnet mask WARNING Use this option with care If you enter an invalid subnet mask you may not be able to access the printer 1 From the main menu of the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility menu press 5 and Enter Chapter 4 When requested to do so type the IP address of the subnet mask in the following format then press Enter XXX XXX XXX XXX where each XXX is a number between 0 and 255 To indicate that you don t want to specify a subnet mask type 0 0 0 0 and press Enter Setting the default gateway address If your local network is attached to other networks you can specify the IP address of your local gateway Whenever the printer needs to send messages to another network it will use this gateway From the main menu of the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility menu press 6 and Enter When requested to do so type the IP address of the gateway in the following format then press Enter XXX XXX XXX XXX where each XXX is a number between 0 and 255 Note If you enter an invalid address for the gateway or if the gateway goes down the printer may not be able to communicate with remote networks Enabling or disabling connection timeout checking The timeout feature automatically severs TCP IP connections that are idle for more than 5 minutes Under most circumstances you should leave this function enabled From the
291. ssette base adds approximately 5 inches to the height of the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Begin by selecting a location for the LaserWriter 12 640 PS that provides enough room to accommodate the increased height of the printer If you intend to keep the printer in its current location make sure that adequate room will be available for opening the top cover loading paper and maintaining the printer You will also need to temporarily move the LaserWriter 12 640 PS from its current location to place the cassette base in its place When moving the printer be sure to place it on a strong stable surface that can support its weight IMPORTANT If you purchased the optional duplex printing unit follow the instructions outlined below The procedure is the same but the 500 sheet cassette and feeder is installed under the duplex printing unit Turn off and unplug the printer and disconnect the network cables Unpack the 500 sheet cassette and feeder and remove any packing materials within the base and paper cassette 500 sheet cassette Place the 500 sheet cassette and feeder where you want the LaserWriter 12 640 PS to be located Orient the 500 sheet cassette and feeder so that its paper cassette and the printer s multipurpose tray and paper cassette will be on the same side when the printer is attached Lift the LaserWriter 12 640 PS position it directly over the 500 sheet cassette and feeder and gently lower the printer until it sits even
292. stalled on the hard disk If you turned off any automatic virus detection programs on your computer turn them back on now After you restart you may notice a new icon on your desktop one that represents a desktop printer You will also see the Apple LaserWriter Software folder on your hard disk This folder contains the Apple Printer Utility and Read Me files First click this icon If necessary use the scroll bar and arrows to find the icon Second if the network has zones click the zone where the printer is located 3 More information about the Installer program In the procedure just described the Installer places all the software you need onto your hard disk In rare circumstances you may want to install only a subset For example you may not want to install the Apple Printer Utility on your users systems because this utility changes the settings for the printer for all users In that case choose Custom Install from the pop up menu in the Installer A list of choices appears To install something from the list click to select it then click the Install button There is also a Custom Remove feature Step 2 Choosing the printer Before you can print with the printer you must use the Chooser to select the printer and set up the printer software You only have to set up the printer software once when you first select it You don t need to do it again unless you add or remove LaserWriter 12 640 PS options s
293. system requirements for 165 troubleshooting 301 306 using the printer with 165 195 magazine style printing Mac OS 48 Windows 98 maintenance 277 286 cleaning exterior of the printer 286 recommended service interval 277 replacing toner cartridge 279 285 safety precautions for 278 279 manual feed alerts changing Mac OS 193 Manual Feed option Mac OS Page Setup dialog box 176 manual feed printing weight of paper for 297 margins Windows 3 1 211 Windows 95 237 marking engine 345 memory computer amount required by desktop printing software Mac OS 306 amount required by Desktop PrintMonitor Mac OS 306 amount required by Mac OS users 165 amount required by Windows 3 1 users 64 198 amount required by Windows 95 users 225 downloading fonts to Mac OS 43 printer amount required for PhotoGrade and duplex printing 179 increasing 150 158 memory configuration Windows 3 1 214 microprocessor 345 MTBF mean time between failure 348 multiplatform support 1 multipurpose tray 259 269 capacity of 12 47 97 262 choosing envelope size for 48 choosing size of paper in Mac OS 47 49 loading envelopes into 265 loading labels into 268 loading letterhead paper into 264 loading three hole punched paper into 263 loading transparencies into 269 materials for use in 12 opening 260 placing paper and envelopes into 261 N naming the printer AppleTalk networks Windows 96 Mac OS 36 142 NetWare administering th
294. t a Check the Chooser to be sure the printer is selected Be sure to select the printer s name as well as the LaserWriter 8 icon and if necessary the AppleTalk network zone a Check the Paper Out light If it is on add paper and replace the paper cassette a Check for a paper jam as described in Chapter 12 a Check the network cables a Turn the printer off and back on Check the startup page a Reinstall the printer software on your computer s startup disk a Reset the communications settings to their factory default values by setting the communication switch to the Reset out position Turn the printer off and back on again Set the communication switch to the Normal in position A message on the screen says the printer can t print If you get such a message try these steps a Make sure that the printer is turned on a Check the network cables a Make sure your startup disk has the LaserWriter 8 driver in the Extensions folder which is inside the System Folder a Make sure the printer is selected in the Chooser Be sure to select the printer s name as well as the LaserWriter 8 icon and if your network has zones the correct AppleTalk network zone a Make sure that the printer has paper correctly installed Sometimes printing the first page takes longer than expect The LaserWriter 12 640 PS automatically goes into an energy saving mode after it s been idle for a while When you print while it s in th
295. t print PostScript or PCL font samples print a font catalog print the Ethernet address set the NetWare configuration set the TCP IP configuration set the default mode for duplex printing Administrator Tools Quick Reference eoevce 317 TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility for UNIX To configure the printer in a UNIX environment run the printer s TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility by using the telnet program The Configuration Utility which is described in Chapter 4 can perform these functions a identify and permanently assign the printer s IP address As explained in Chapter 4 you must use some other method to assign the initial IP address set the the subnet mask of the IP address a specify the IP address of the default network utility a show information about the TCP IP interface print the configuration page a turn TCP IP timeout checking on or off change the password for this utility specify whether banner pages are printed for each TCP IP print job m reset the printers TCP IP interface a restore the default parameters for the TCP IP interface 318 Appendix A Which functions are in which utilities The remaining sections of this appendix list various administrative functions and where you can find them Here s a list of the utilities each with its abbreviation in bold and a reference to the chapter where it is explained a APU Apple Printer Utility for Mac OS computers Chapter 2 a LWU
296. t option B Using Mac OS or Windows utilities If you have a Mac OS computer connected to the printer you can use the Apple Printer Utility to assign the printer s IP address as described in Chapter 2 If you have a Windows computer connected to the printer you can use the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows to assign the printer s IP address as described in Chapter 3 After you have assigned the printer s IP address skip to Step 4 Configuring Users Workstations later in this chapter Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users 111 eoevece 112 Chapter 4 Printer IP address assignment option C Using a RARP or BOOTP server If your network has a RARP or BOOTP server on the same subnet as the printer you can use it to assign the IP address to the printer Each time the printer is turned on it will automatically broadcast a request to RARP and BOOTP servers which will search a configuration file that maps the printer s built in Ethernet address to the IP address that you assign IMPORTANT When you use RARP or BOOTP to assign the printer s IP address the address is not stored permanently in the printer consequently the RARP or BOOTP server must be available each time the printer is turned on If you want to store the address permanently in the printer s nonvolatile memory you must set the address using any of the other methods described in the previous or following sections You may also store the address usin
297. t because of the proximity of the slots Installing Options 155 1 Insert the SIMM into the connector and press the SIMM down at an angle until the retaining clips on each end of the connector snap and fasten the SIMM in place Hold the SIMM vertically over the slot aligning the connectors and notches with the circuit board s connector Notice that one edge of the SIMM has a distinctive notch that you can use to judge the orientation and alignment of the SIMM with the connector This notch on the bottom edge of the SIMM should be down as you install the SIMM Snap the card 7 Insert the card Gently angle into the retain jd straight in the card back ing clips WARNING When installing a SIMM avoid touching the printer s circuit board with hands or tools to avoid damaging or scratching the printed circuits 156 Chapter 5 To remove a SIMM carefully spread the retaining clips at both ends of the installed SIMM then rotate the SIMM forward until it can be pulled free of the slot Repeat step 1 to install the second SIMM if necessary You ve now installed the expanded memory You need only replace the side cover to complete the installation Remove and discard the grounding wrist strap Replacing the side cover After installing the memory you then replace the side cover on the printer and fasten it with the Phillips screws that you removed earlier To replace the cover on the printer
298. t dialog box Setting up job handling You can specify how the printer handles jobs for each type of network You can set the printer to maintain contact with the computer until all pages of a job are finished printing This allows users to receive printer messages such as a message telling them that the printer is out of paper while their job is printing You can also have the printer break contact with the computer once the print job has been sent to the printer but is still being processed This provides faster handling of print jobs by allowing the printer to begin processing the next job before all pages of the previous job are printed However users may not receive feedback about paper outages and problems such as paper jams until after their job has been processed and the connection has been broken You can set job handling for individual network protocols that you use Set the communication switch on the printer to the Normal in position to select the custom settings The communication switch must be in the Normal in position or the printer will reset the job handling settings to the factory defaults when it is turned off or restarted Note Changing the communication switch setting may alter some of your network settings For example when the switch is in the Reset out position the default mode for the NetWare TCP IP and parallel interfaces is AutoSelect but when the switch is in the Normal in position the mode co
299. t holds the correct size paper Similarly the automatic tray switching feature allows the printer to select another paper source that holds the correct size paper when a paper source runs out However the printer is not able to detect the size of paper you may have placed in the multipurpose tray so you must tell it If the paper size for the multipurpose tray is the same as the paper in the standard paper cassette and automatic tray switching is turned on the printer automatically uses the multipurpose tray as a paper source Choose a default envelope size for the envelope tray from the pop up menu if the envelope cassette option is installed Choose printing on one side or both sides of the paper from the pop up menu If you want the binding orientation along the side of the paper like in a book or magazine choose two sided no tumbling If you want the binding orientation along the bottom side of the paper like in a calendar choose two sided with tumbling Note You must have the optional duplex printing unit to print on both sides of the paper If you want to You need this much printer memory Turn on PhotoGrade or use the 12 MB duplex printing option Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 20 MB print on all size paper except legal Turn on PhotoGrade and duplex 24 MB print on all size paper including legal Choose the output tray from the pop up menu Face Down output tray is the default This tray is located
300. t holds the correct size paper when a paper source runs out However the printer is not able to detect the size of paper you may have placed in the multipurpose tray so you must tell it If the paper size for the multipurpose tray is the same as the paper in the standard paper cassette and automatic tray switching is turned on the printer automatically uses the multipurpose tray as a paper source Choose a default envelope size for the envelope tray from the list box if the envelope cassette option is installed Click On or Off to turn Automatic Tray Switching on or off Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 97 eoevce 98 Chapter 3 Choose the output tray from the list box The Face Down output tray is the default This tray is located on the top of the printer and stacks the output media face down Face Up output reduces the curl of your paper by using a straight through paper path through the printer This is useful when you print on heavy media such as transparencies envelopes and postcards Note You can use Face Up output with or without the optional face up output tray However the face up output tray stacks the papers neatly in a tray instead of on the surface where the printer is located Choose two sided no tumbling or two side with tumbling from the duplex print list box If your LaserWriter 12 640 PS has been upgraded to a minimum of 12 MB of memory and you ve install
301. tScript file As an alternative to printing your document on the printer you can save a PostScript language description of your document as a disk file PostScript language descriptions of documents can be useful for creating document archives printing documents without using the program that created them at a service bureau for example a diagnosing printing problems You may also want to print an encapsulated PostScript EPS file You can use EPS files to export single pages from one program to another EPS files can include any combination of text graphics and images but they do not describe complete documents For example by saving an EPS file you can insert a page of a document created with one program as an illustration in a document created by another program Note PostScript files are normally ASCII text files that can be opened with any word processing program However if you select the Send Data in Binary option in the PostScript Options dialog box the PostScript files may include binary characters that make them unsuitable for use with a word processor You can use either of two methods to create PostScript files If your program s Print dialog box has a Print to File checkbox you can use this checkbox to create a PostScript file this is the preferred method Refer to your program documentation for information If your program s Print dialog box does not have a Print to File checkbox however you need to make tem
302. taller prompts you to add a PostScript printer to your system A message appears that lets you install the setup program onto your hard disk Select Yes if desired and click Next The Setup Program Location dialog box appears Enter a new directory for the printer drivers or use the default directory and click Next A message appears that lets you specify how your printer is connected local or network Select how your printer is connected local or network and click Next The Install PostScript Printer from PPD dialog box appears Eject LaserWriter Disk 2 for Windows 95 and insert LaserWriter Disk 3 for Windows 95 The PostScript PPD files are located on LaserWriter Disk 3 for Windows 945 Choose a or b depending on which drive holds your installation disk from the Drives list box Select LaserWriter 12 640 PS from the PostScript Printer Drivers Available list and click Next Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 73 eoevce 74 Chapter 3 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Select LPT1 if the LaserWriter 12 640 PS is connected to your local computer Click Next The Add Printer dialog box appears Name your computer and select other options as necessary Click Next The printer Properties dialog box appears Click OK to dismiss the Properties dialog box A message appears telling you that the driver software was successfully installed Click Add Another to install another Apple Las
303. ter and my job is to set it up for my workgroup There are five main steps to take a boxed up printer and prepare it so any user can print on it Although you could do some of the steps in a different order these steps are organized to simplify troubleshooting Step 1 Set up the hardware and connect the printer Chapter 1 explains how to unpack the printer install the toner cartridge load paper and connect the printer to your network At the end of the chapter you turn on the printer and it prints a startup page assuring you that the printer engine and circuit board work correctly Step 2 Set up the printer for a network connection or for a direct connection The next three chapters plus Appendix B explain how to set up the printer on different networks or by a direct connection Chapter Computer Network interface and cable Chapter 2 Mac OS AppleTalk on LocalTalk cables AppleTalk on Ethernet cables EtherTalk Chapter3 Windows andDOS Novell NetWare on Ethernet cables Windows and DOS Direct connection by a parallel cable Ta AREER ARRS ENEN TEE Sano co AE E AppendixB MacOS ATPS NetWare for Macintosh on LocalTalk or Ethernet cables How Much of This Book Do Have to Read xxi eccooo xxii Preface Step 3 Configure the printer The administrative tools provided with the LaserWriter 12 640 PS are summarized in Appendix A and described in detail in Chapters 2 3 and 4 Chapter Computer Utility name Chapter 2 Mac
304. ter Watermark centers the watermark on the page Position Relative to Center lets you specify x and y coordinates for the watermark relative to the center Downloading fonts Chapter 7 The LaserWriter 12 640 PS uses downloadable PostScript fonts which are a type of soft font The PostScript printer driver automatically downloads any Type 1 fonts from your computer s hard disk to the printers memory as needed for each document that you print You can also use the driver to manually download fonts to the printers memory when you dont want to download fonts for each document Manually downloading fonts can speed printing Note The LaserWriter 12 640 PS has a set of built in fonts that do not need to be downloaded These fonts are listed in Appendix D Whether it is better to let Windows download fonts automatically or to manually download fonts yourself depends on the number and frequency with which fonts are used in a document and the size of your printer s memory Downloading a Type 1 font to a PostScript printer usually takes from 15 to 20 seconds When a program prints a document containing a font that is not resident in your printer Windows automatically downloads the font with the document However after the document prints any fonts that have been downloaded with the document are cleared from the printer s memory This means that each time you print a document that contains fonts not resident in the printer the fonts must be dow
305. ter should appear Apple Zone 1 Apple Zone 2 Apple Zone 3 Apple Zone 4 TCP IP Configuration Port Configuration Select the zone you want the printer to appear in Click Send to send the zone setting to the printer Changing TCP IP configurations You can specify the IP address of the printer For information about determining the printer s IP address and setting up the printer on a TCP IP network see Chapter 4 Open the Communication Configuration category You see a list of communication settings options Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users eocvce 53 54 Drag the slider to change the printer s subnet mask You can drag the slider only if the printer s IP address is not 0 0 0 0 Chapter 2 Open the TCP IP Configuration category A panel appears in which you can enter the IP address LaserWriter 12 640 PS Set Defaults Update Info Send gt Extended Job Status vy Communication Configuration gt Printer s Zone Vv TCP IP Configuration Printer s IP Address petan Type the IP address here Printer s Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 Net Subnet Node 24 Default Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 Port Configuration IP address of the default gateway used for sending packets off the local network Enter the IP address Drag the slider to set the printer s subnet mask Enter the default Gateway Address Click Send to send the TCP IP configuration to
306. th the specifications in Part 15 of FCC rules See instructions if interference to radio or television reception is suspected Radio and television interference The equipment described in this manual generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy If it is not installed and used properly that is in strict accordance with Apple s instructions it may cause interference with radio and television reception This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device in accordance with the specifications in Part 15 of FCC rules These specifications are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference in a residential installation However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation You can determine whether your computer system is causing interference by turning it off If the interference stops it was probably caused by the computer or one of the peripheral devices If your computer system does cause interference to radio or television reception try to correct the interference by using one or more of the following measures Turn the television or radio antenna until the interference stops a Move the computer to one side or the other of the television or radio a Move the computer farther away from the television or radio Plug the computer into an outlet that is on a different circuit from the television or radio That is ma
307. the drive that holds your CD from the Drives list box Select Disk 3 from the Directories list Select LaserWriter 12 640 PS from the PostScript Printer Descriptions Available list and click Next Select LPT1 if the LaserWriter 12 640 PS is connected to your local computer Click Next The Add Printer dialog box appears Name your computer and select other options as necessary Click Next The printer Properties dialog box appears Click OK to dismiss the Properties dialog box A message appears telling you that the driver software was successfully installed Click Add Another to install another Apple LaserWriter printer Repeat for each printer you want to install You can install other Apple LaserWriter printers supported by the software When you re done click Exit Installation is complete Setting Up the Printer for Windows DOS and NetWare Users 67 eoevce 68 Chapter 3 24 Choose how to proceed For users connected via the parallel cable the default printer driver settings should suffice For instructions on using the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows see Setting Additional Parameters With the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows later in this chapter To configure your printer software with NetWare see Initial Novell NetWare Setup later in this chapter Installing onto a Windows 3 1 computer Start Windows Before installing the software make sure the Windows Control Panel an
308. the printer Viewing and changing the communication settings The standard communication settings of the LaserWriter 12 640 PS work for most environments To make sure the printer is set up to use the standard settings check that the communication switch on the left side of the printer is in the Normal in position The switch is located below the interface connectors You can view and change the standard communication settings for the printer with the Apple Printer Utility The NetWare TCP IP and Parallel interfaces are set to AutoSelect which turns on automatic language sensing Automatic language sensing allows the printer to receive information over the network and determine which page description language PostScript or PCL5 is required You make changes to the communication settings with the printer s communication switch set in the Normal in position This makes all communication settings available for changes For more information about connecting the printer to LocalTalk Ethernet and parallel ports see Connecting the Printer in Chapter 1 For more information about setting the communication switch on the printer see Adjusting Communication Settings in Chapter 1 Set the communication switch on the printer to the Normal in position Open the Communication Configuration category You see a list of communication settings options Open the Port Configuration category A list of port connections and prot
309. the printer model from the Installed Printers list Choose Connect The Connect dialog box appears In the Ports list box select the port to which your PostScript printer is connected Choose OK The Connect dialog box closes and you are returned to the Printers dialog box Windows 3 1 and DOS Users 223 eoevce 224 DOS notes If you changed any printer settings to print a PostScript file choose Setup to display the Setup dialog box Undo any changes you made and then choose OK The Printers dialog box appears Select OK to close the Printers dialog box Choose Exit from the Settings menu to close the Control Panel If you are using DOS programs refer to the manual that came with your program and follow the instructions for using a PostScript printer Most DOS programs are PostScript compatible Capturing a print queue for DOS printing From DOS you can use the NetWare CAPTURE command to map the parallel port to a print queue Log in to the NetWare network and enter the CAPTURE command using the following syntax CAPTURE q queue_name local lptnumber server server_name job new Unless you specify otherwise the command assumes that you are mapping the LPT1 port to a queue Using the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows Chapter 7 The Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows program supplied with the printer software lets the printer administrator control various aspects of how the printer works For info
310. the printer software a Click Select PPD to choose a PostScript Printer Description file for the printer a Click Printer Info to view printer information such as its name available memory and so on a Click Configure to setup options that you ve added to the printer 7 Click OK Using the Apple Printer Utility The Apple Printer Utility program supplied with the printer software allows the printer administrator to control various aspects of how the LaserWriter 12 640 PS works For information about using the Apple Printer Utility see Chapter 2 Mac OS Users 195 Chapter 6 ecccee 196 Windows 3 1 and DOS Users The LaserWriter 12 640 PS comes with software for IBM PC or compatible computers using Windows 3 1 and Windows 95 This chapter describes how to install and use the PostScript Printer Driver for Windows 3 1 This chapter also discusses printing from DOS If you are using Windows 95 see Chapter 8 Note for Windows NT users See Installing the Printer Software for Windows NT later in this chapter for installation instructions Refer also to your Windows NT manual for instructions about printing 197 198 System requirements for Windows 3 1 To use the printer your computer system must meet these requirements IBM PC or compatible with an 80386 or higher CPU hard disk drive at least 4 megabytes MB of random access memory RAM Microsoft Windows 3 1 or 3 1x or Windows for Workgroups 3 11 or
311. the screen Subsequently you will need to enter the password to use the utility The characters you type will not appear on the screen Note You can change the password using this utility as explained later in this chapter Quitting the Configuration Utility Go to the main menu of the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility Press Enter If you re asked if you want to save changes type Y and press Enter to save the changes or just press Enter to discard the changes Printing the configuration page The configuration page shows setup information for the printer itself and for all of the network interfaces Go to the main menu of the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility Type 1 and press Enter Displaying information about the printer s TCP IP interface To see information displayed on your screen about the printer s TCP IP interface follow these steps Go to the main menu of the TCP IP Printer Configuration Utility Type 2 and press Enter Turning the banner page feature on or off The banner page feature prints an identification page at the beginning of each document The banner page is printed using the PostScript page description language so turn it on only if the printer s TCP IP interface is set up to receive PostScript language print jobs as it is by default To turn the banner page feature on or off for all jobs sent through the TCP IP interface follow these steps From the main menu of the TCP IP Printer
312. thing Mac OS 175 Graphics tab dialog box Windows 95 239 242 gray levels increasing or decreasing Mac OS 50 Windows 103 grayscale imaging specifications 346 grayscale printing Mac OS 178 179 troubleshooting 297 298 grounding plug 3 grounding wrist strap 151 153 154 H halftoning Windows 95 239 handling SIMMs 153 hard disk space used by printer software Mac OS 165 Windows 3 1 198 headers Windows 95 243 horizontal orientation Mac OS Page Setup dialog box 175 HP UX version 8 07 configuring TCP IP setup 117 120 HP UX version 9 x configuring TCP IP setup 120 123 humidity 350 363 Index ecccce 364 eccoce IBM AIX version 3 x configuring TCP IP setup 125 126 IBM PC or compatible computers troubleshooting 307 308 See also DOS computers Windows computers Windows NT Windows 3 1 computers Windows 95 computers icons Apple LaserWriter Utility icon 95 desktop printer icon Mac OS 159 160 171 172 187 190 305 306 Installer icon Mac OS 168 LaserWriter 8 icon Mac OS 170 302 Start icon Windows 95 95 images lightening or darkening Mac OS 46 imaging options Mac OS 49 50 Windows 102 103 indicator lights meaning of 290 installation disks creating from CD ROM disc Mac OS 32 85 Installer Mac OS 31 35 39 61 166 168 installing duplex printing unit 134 141 envelope cassette 146 Mac OS printer software from a CD ROM disc 166 167 from a floppy disk 168 169
313. this book provides the information you need to set up the printer for your workgroup If you want to use a printer that has already been set up see Part II Setting Up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS This chapter explains how to unpack and set up the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Main features of the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Print quality The printer has a resolution of 600 dots per inch Its FinePrint feature smoothes text and its PhotoGrade feature available with additional printer memory improves graphic images Speed The printer prints up to 12 pages per minute Multiplatform support You can connect the printer to Mac OS Windows and UNIX computers Connectivity The printer offers LocalTalk Ethernet and parallel connections Automatic traffic control The printer can be connected to many computers and networks using the printer s LocalTalk Ethernet and parallel ports The printer prints only one user s job at a time but it manages incoming print jobs from all ports so that no printing conflicts or problems occur The printer also automatically senses which printer language PostScript or PCL5 the job requires Fonts The printer supports both TrueType and PostScript fonts The printer has 35 built in PostScript fonts Energy savings The printer can automatically lower its power consumption when it s not being used a Flexible paper handling In the standard configuration you can print up
314. tilities for example setting how long the printer should wait before going into its energy saving mode See Appendix A for a list of these options and Chapters 2 and 3 for details What to do next The printer is now set up on your TCP IP network If you want to install any options see Chapter 5 132 Chapter 4 Installing Options The LaserWriter 12 640 PS has several user installable printer options You can add a duplex printing unit a 500 sheet cassette and feeder an envelope cassette the envelope cassette fits into the 500 sheet feeder and a face up output tray You can also increase the printer s random access memory RAM This chapter provides instructions for installing your paper handling options and increasing RAM WARNING When installing any of the options described in this chapter except for the face up output tray be sure the printer is turned off 133 134 Many of the installation procedures describe working with the printer s left and right sides and front and rear as shown in the following illustration Left side has removable cover Rear side ports Front side Right side Installing the duplex printing unit Chapter 5 With the optional duplex printing unit you can print on both sides of the paper often called duplex printing or two sided printing You can only duplex print from the paper cassettes You cannot duplex print from the multipurpose tray Note The duplex printing unit
315. tion files De Install lets you remove previously installed LaserWriter software Click Express Installation A window appears that keeps you informed as file decompression proceeds Next the Installer asks you to press a button to restart Windows Click Restart Windows After Windows restarts the Adobe PostScript Printers control panel appears Remove LaserWriter Disk 1 for Windows 3 1 and insert LaserWriter Disk 2 for Windows 3 1 Select a or b depending on which drive holds your installation disk from the Drives list box Select the LaserWriter 12 640 PS and click Install The PostScript printer driver files and other software are installed on the hard disk A message appears telling you that the driver software was successfully installed Click OK to dismiss the message Select another Apple LaserWriter printer if you want and click Install to install Repeat for each printer you want to install You can install other Apple LaserWriter printers supported by the software When you re done click Close A message appears telling you to use the Printers control panel to connect and set up the printers you ve installed By default each printer uses LPT 1 The Printers control panel Setup dialog box lets you specify a different port for example LPT2 or a NetWare queue Click OK to dismiss the message Installation is complete Windows 3 1 and DOS Users 203 eoevce 204 Chapter 7 18 Choose how to proc
316. tomatically 177 Printing grayscale documents 178 Printing with FinePrint or PhotoGrade 179 Printing on both sides of the paper 181 Printing to a file 182 Background printing and setting the print time 183 Selecting the output tray 184 Reporting errors 185 Printing with a desktop printer 187 Contents Switching between printers 188 Drag the document you want to print to a desktop printer icon 188 Select the printer using its desktop printer icon 189 Select a new printer using the Chooser 189 Select a new printer from the Printer icon in the desktop menu 189 Working with desktop printer icons 190 Determining the status of a printer by looking at its icon 190 Monitoring printing 191 Turning off or removing the desktop printing software 193 Turning off the Desktop PrintMonitor 193 Removing the desktop printing software 194 Making changes to the printer setup 194 Using the Apple Printer Utility 195 Windows 3 1 and DOS Users _197 System requirements for Windows 3 1 198 Before you begin 198 Setting up for parallel port printing 198 Installing the printer software for Windows 3 1 199 Installing from the CD ROM disc 199 Installing from the floppy disks 202 What todo next 204 Installing the printer software for Windows NT 205 Printing from Windows applications 206 Selecting page setup options 206 Setting printer driver options 207 Selecting printer options in the Setup dialog box 208 Additional printer options 210 Downloading fonts 218 Downloa
317. turn to the UNIX prompt Setting Up the Printer for UNIX Users 123 eoevce 124 Chapter 4 11 12 Add the following entry tothe etc printcap file local_print_queue_namel description_of_printer lp mx 0 rm printer_IP_name rp raw_or_text sd path_to_this_queues_spool_directory 1 path_to_this_queues_log_file Fill in the parameters in italics as follows Replace printer_queue_name with the name the user should use to reference the printer Typically names indicate the location of the printer and what sort of files it should be used for Replace description_of_printer with a comment describing the printer Replace printer_IP_name with the IP name you assigned to the printer in Step 3 Assigning an IP Address to the Printer earlier in this chapter Replace raw_or_text with the word raw or the word text In the printcap entry this parameter is usually for the remote print queue name however since the LaserWriter 12 640 PS does not require a remote print queue name it uses this parameter to determine how to handle the end of line character as follows text indicates that the printer should append a carriage return to the end of each line in the document as it s printed otherwise each new line of text will start where the previous one left off creating a stairstep effect Use this for ASCII files raw indicates that the printer should not add any special control characters t
318. uch as adding an optional duplex printing unit or increasing memory see Chapter 5 Choose the Chooser from the Apple menu The Chooser window appears In the Chooser dialog box click items to select them S T SS Chooser Select a PostScript Printer LaserWriter 12 640 PS Third click the name of the AppleShare Color SW Pro printer you want to use An icon beside a printer name means the printer software has already been set up LaserWriter 300 AppleTalk Zones Apple Zone 1 Apple Zone 2 Apple Zone 3 Finally click Create or double click the printer AppleTalk Active name a shortcut Inactive Close the Chooser Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users 35 eococe 36 Chapter 2 Step 3 Naming the printer and setting its zone Once connected to an AppleTalk network the printer will appear on the network with the name LaserWriter 12 640 PS You can change this name if you wish You can use the Apple Printer Utility installed in the Apple LaserWriter Software folder to name the printer See Naming the Printer later in this chapter for instructions on changing the printer name When a printer is connected to an EtherTalk network with multiple logical zones you can also set which zone the printer will be in You can set the printer s zone with the Apple Printer Utility See Setting the Printer s Network Zones later in this
319. ueues Example Sales Printer Ethernet Zone h Note Other ATPS options are available for configuring the printer See the NetWare for Macintosh documentation for more information on these options Press Esc to quit editing A prompt appears asking if you want to save your changes Type y and press Enter The list of configuration files reappears Press Esc until the Install utility exits At the system console prompt type unload atps and press Enter This command unloads the previous version of ATPS configuration Now you can reload ATPS using the modified configuration At the system console prompt type load atps and press Enter The new configuration is immediately available Kinds of fonts Appendix C Using Fonts With the Printer A font is a collection of letters numbers and symbols in a distinctive typographic design Your Mac OS computer and LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer come with a variety of fonts that look great both on your monitor and on paper Fonts come in such a variety of formats that problems can sometimes arise This appendix provides the information you need to avoid such problems and to solve them if they come up The Mac OS computer works with three main kinds of fonts bitmapped PostScript and TrueType fonts Apple provides two kinds of fonts with your Mac OS computer and the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer bitmapped and TrueType However your system can use PostScript fonts as
320. uld be PostScript depending on how you set the communication settings To change the settings see Viewing and Changing Communication Settings later in this chapter Open the Extended Job Status category Setting Up the Printer for Mac OS Users 51 eoevce 52 3 Click the checkboxes next to the network types to specify when the connection with the computer should be broken EEE ihLaserWriter 12 640 PS Set Defaults Update Info Vv Extended Job Status Default Wait for all pages to be printed before closing connection An X in a checkbox means the printer C LocalTalk Port prints all pages in a EtherTalk job before closing Ee l aralle or the connection with the o Mel ted outa EN take effect if you are using the printer in the requested the q print job la Communication Configuration gt 4 Click Send to send the job handling configuration settings to the printer Setting the printer s network zones You can specify the EtherTalk network zone for the printer 1 Set the communication switch on the printer to the Normal in position 2 Open the Communication Configuration category You see a list of communication settings options Chapter 2 Open the Printer s Zone category A list of the EtherTalk zones appears SSS Laseririter 12 640 PS S55 Set Defaults Update Info v Communication Configuration v Printer s Zone Select an Ether Talk zone on which the prin
321. unication disable the Send Data in Binary option Selecting the Optimize for Portability option creates PostScript files that print successfully from different programs on a wide variety of printers and imaging devices it is recommended that you enable this option Choose Close to close the Printers dialog box Choose Exit from the Settings menu to close the Control Panel Your computer is now set up to create PostScript files when you choose the Print command from a Windows program Step 2 Printing to a PostScript file Start the program and open the document for which you want to create a PostScript file If necessary select the Print Setup command from the File menu change the settings as appropriate and select OK Choose the Print command from the File menu Your programs Print dialog box appears Choose OK A dialog box appears that asks you to name the file Enter a pathname and filename for the file If you don t specify a pathname the PostScript file is placed in your programs default directory Choose OK The PostScript file is created and you are returned to your program Step 3 Restoring your printer setup options After creating PostScript files you need to restore your original printer setup options before you can use your printer again From the Program Manager open the Control Panel Double click the Printers icon The Printers dialog box appears If it is not already selected select
322. us Light On Off Flashing Ready In Use Printer is ready Printer cannot print Printer is warming up to use because of an error printing a startup or the cover is open page or processing or the printer is data for the next turned off print job Paper Out Paper cassette Paper supply is OK Printer is ready for CO is empty sheet of manual feed paper Paper Jam There is a paper Paper is OK Toner cartridge is O jam not installed O V If the Paper Out and Paper Jam lights flash alternately or all three lights stay on the printer requires service If you have just installed additional memory RAM in the printer there may be a problem with the memory Open the printer and make sure the SIMMs are fully seated in the correct sockets that match one of the supported configurations listed in Chapter 5 and in Appendix D Checking for and clearing paper jams Occasionally a piece of paper may get stuck inside the printer during the printing process Follow these steps to find and clear a paper jam IMPORTANT If you experience paper jams after you first set up the printer check all areas of the printer to make sure that the packing materials have been removed 1 Check the paper exit area on top of the printer to see whether the paper is jammed there If so gently pull the paper out If you cannot easily remove the paper skip to step 2 If the paper jam is in this location and you successfully removed the paper go to step 5
323. vailable Printer Memory Lets you specify the amount of available printer memory m PhotoGrade Turns PhotoGrade on or off To use PhotoGrade your printer must be upgraded to have at least 12 MB of RAM PhotoGrade enhances the printed look of images such as scanned or digital photographs to produce added clarity finer shading and better contrast For documents that require images to be printed with the best quality that the printer can produce turn PhotoGrade on Windows 95 Users 241 eococe 242 ecocce Chapter 8 a FinePrint Turns FinePrint on or off FinePrint smoothes out lines and curves and enhances text and line graphics that would normally appear ragged However to enhance the quality of images you may want to turn FinePrint off m Tray Switch Turns tray switching on or off The following options appear only when you open the Properties dialog box from the Printer folder a Installable options Lists the available options and their current state For memory configuration the amount of memory in the printer is displayed For all others the values could be one of Not Installed Installed or Installed and Preferred m Change settings for Sets the value for the option For memory configuration select the amount of memory that currently resides in the printer PostScript Click the PostScript tab to display the PostScript tab dialog box which controls the output format Apple LaserWriter 12 640 PS Properties
324. ve LaserWriter Disk 1 for Windows 3 1 and insert LaserWriter Disk 2 for Windows 3 1 Select a or b depending on which drive holds your installation disk from the Drives list box Select the LaserWriter 12 640 PS and click Install The PostScript printer driver files and other software are installed on the hard disk A message appears telling you that the driver software was successfully installed Click OK to dismiss the message Select another Apple LaserWriter printer if you want and click Install to install Repeat for each printer you want to install You can install other Apple LaserWriter printers supported by the software When you re done click Close A message appears telling you to use the Printers control panel to connect and set up the printers you ve installed By default each printer uses LPT 1 The Printers control panel Setup dialog box lets you specify a different port for example LPT2 or a NetWare queue Click OK to dismiss the message Installation is complete 18 Choose how to proceed For users connected via the parallel cable the default printer driver settings should suffice For instructions on using the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows see Setting Additional Parameters With the Apple LaserWriter Utility for Windows later in this chapter To configure your printer software with NetWare see Initial Novell NetWare Setup later in this chapter Installing the printer
325. ve the duplex printing unit use the cover to prevent dust and other material from getting inside the printer Place the duplex printing unit where you want the LaserWriter 12 640 PS to be located Orient the duplex printing unit so that its tray and the printer s multipurpose tray and paper cassette will be on the same side when the printer is attached Insert the paper guide for the duplex printing unit into the opening in back of the printer Hint There are two tabs on the bottom of the paper guide that fit into slots in the back of the printer When inserting the paper guide slide it back and forth to easily locate these slots The paper guide helps direct the paper to the duplex printing unit Installing Options 137 eoevce 138 Chapter 5 9 Insert the locking connectors into the slots located on the bottom of the paper guide and push the connectors until they snap into place The locking connectors secure the paper guide to the printer 10 Lift the LaserWriter 12 640 PS position it directly over the duplex printing unit and gently lower the printer until it sits evenly on the duplex printing unit Position the printer over these three posts As you lower the printer align the corners of the printer directly over those of the duplex printing unit Installing Options 139 11 Remove the cassette from the printer and the tray from the duplex printing unit 12 Insert the
326. xplained in the next section If you prefer you can of course install the software on each users computer yourself If you have the users install their own software make sure you give them a the printer software and instructions for installing it a the name of the AppleTalk zone on which the printer is located a the name you gave the LaserWriter 12 640 PS printer if you renamed it with the Apple Printer Utility For specific steps on how a user can install the printer software on a Mac OS computer and set up the printer from the Chooser refer to Installing the Printer Software and Selecting and Setting Up the Printer in Chapter 6 Installing onto a server If you prefer that users install their software from a network server rather than passing around the original floppy disks or CD ROM disc you must copy the LaserWriter installation software to a server as follows Preparing a server using the CD ROM disc The CD ROM disc shipped with the LaserWriter 12 640 PS contains a network installation folder To prepare a server Insert the LaserWriter 12 640 PS Software Installation CD ROM disc into the CD ROM drive Double click the disc icon if necessary Double click the MACINTOSH folder if necessary Drag the INSTALL folder from the CD to your server Preparing a server using the floppy disks Create a new folder on the server and rename it for example Network Install Insert LaserWriter Disk 1 for Mac OS Drag th
327. y pushing or pulling the guide The cassette is marked with positions for paper of U S letter 8 1 2 x 11 A4 B5 Executive 7 1 4 x 10 1 2 and US legal sizes 8 1 2 x 14 Adjust the width guide to its maximum width by squeezing the colored lever located on the right side of the cassette against the brace and sliding the guide outward Push down gently on the paper tray until it rests against the bottom of the cassette and locks into place Slide the paper beneath the bracket at the front left of the cassette Push the paper down if necessary but don t overload the cassette or the paper may jam when you print Adjust the width guide so that it fits snugly against the paper but not so tightly that it might cause binding To avoid paper jams always set the length and width guides to the correct positions for your particular paper Letterhead paper and three hole punched paper Insert letterhead paper into the paper cassette face down with the top of the letterhead at the front of the tray the handle end Align letterhead and three hole Adjust the length and width guides punched paper as shown to fit the size paper you re using Note If you want to print on both sides of the letterhead paper place the letterhead paper face up in the paper cassette with the top of the page closest to the handle Insert three hole punched paper into the paper cassette so the holes are toward the left side of the cassette Usin
328. you unpack the printer it has a unique permanent factory assigned Ethernet address but no IP address To assign an IP address to the printer you can use any one of the following methods which are described more fully in the sections that follow ping assignment Any printer administrator with superuser privileges can use this method which is sometimes called gleaning If your network has neither RARP nor BOOTP services and you have no access to Windows or Mac OS computers you must use this method Note This method works only when the printer has no IP address If the printer has an IP address you must use telnet Apple Printer Utility and LaserWriter Utility for Windows If your network includes a Mac OS computer or Windows computer you can use one of these utility programs to set the printer s IP address RARP Remote Address Resolution Protocol If your network has a RARP server you can use this method BOOTP Bootstrap Protocol If your network has a BOOTP server you can use this method These methods are described in the next three sections Choose which section applies to you and skip the others Printer IP address assignment option A Using ping assignment Any printer administrator with superuser privileges can use the ping assignment method to assign the printer s IP address and store it in the printer s nonvolatile memory so it remembers the address even when the printer is turned off Note Thi
329. ystem 7 come with both bitmapped screen fonts and TrueType fonts installed This maintains consistency with documents created on Mac OS computers that don t have TrueType fonts E T E EE tht SC Ll_ SL_L___ E 7123 items 142 2 MB in disk 89 7 MB available A A a 4 H fa Courier 9 Courier 10 Courier 12 Courier dig Courier 18 If both a TrueType and bitmapped version of the same font are available the Mac OS uses the bitmapped font providing that the stipulated point size is present If you want the Mac OS to use the TrueType font you need to remove the bitmapped font from your system For example if a document uses 12 point Times available in that size as a bitmapped font and as a TrueType font the system uses the bitmapped font If a document uses 4 point Times the system scales the TrueType font to that size because a bitmapped version isn t available Using only TrueType fonts produces a closer match between the appearance of type on the screen and on paper However a document you ve already created with bitmapped fonts will be reformatted with the corresponding TrueType fonts and line breaks in the document may change Similarly if a document is created on a system that has TrueType fonts or Adobe Type Manager software installed it may have different spacing kerning and so on when opened on a system that doesn t have

Apple 12/640PS Printer User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents